1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
32 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
33 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
34 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
35 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
36 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
37 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
46 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
48 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
49 #include <algorithm>
50 #include <cstring>
51 #include <functional>
52 using namespace clang;
53 using namespace sema;
54 
55 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
56   if (OwnedType) {
57     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
58     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
59   }
60 
61   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
62 }
63 
64 namespace {
65 
66 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
67  public:
68   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false,
69                        bool AllowTemplates=false)
70       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
71         AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) {
72     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
73     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
74     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
75   }
76 
77   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
78     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
79       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
80       bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND);
81       return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) &&
82              (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
83     }
84     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
85   }
86 
87  private:
88   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
89   bool WantClassName;
90   bool AllowClassTemplates;
91 };
92 
93 }
94 
95 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
96 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
97   switch (Kind) {
98   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
99   // token kind is a valid type specifier
100   case tok::kw_short:
101   case tok::kw_long:
102   case tok::kw___int64:
103   case tok::kw___int128:
104   case tok::kw_signed:
105   case tok::kw_unsigned:
106   case tok::kw_void:
107   case tok::kw_char:
108   case tok::kw_int:
109   case tok::kw_half:
110   case tok::kw_float:
111   case tok::kw_double:
112   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
113   case tok::kw_bool:
114   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
115     return true;
116 
117   case tok::annot_typename:
118   case tok::kw_char16_t:
119   case tok::kw_char32_t:
120   case tok::kw_typeof:
121   case tok::annot_decltype:
122   case tok::kw_decltype:
123     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
124 
125   default:
126     break;
127   }
128 
129   return false;
130 }
131 
132 namespace {
133 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult {
134   NotFound,
135   FoundNonType,
136   FoundType
137 };
138 } // namespace
139 
140 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for
141 /// dependent class.
142 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a
143 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found.
144 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult
145 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II,
146                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
147                                 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
148   if (!RD->hasDefinition())
149     return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
150   // Look for type decls in base classes.
151   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
152       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
153   for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
154     const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr;
155     if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>())
156       BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
157     else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
158       // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
159       // templates.
160       if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
161         continue;
162       auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
163       if (!TD)
164         continue;
165       auto *BasePrimaryTemplate =
166           dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
167       if (!BasePrimaryTemplate)
168         continue;
169       BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate;
170     }
171     if (BaseRD) {
172       for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) {
173         if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND))
174           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
175         FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
176       }
177       if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) {
178         switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) {
179         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType:
180           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
181         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType:
182           FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
183           break;
184         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound:
185           break;
186         }
187       }
188     }
189   }
190 
191   return FoundTypeDecl;
192 }
193 
194 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
195                                                       const IdentifierInfo &II,
196                                                       SourceLocation NameLoc) {
197   // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any.
198   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
199   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
200       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
201   for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
202        DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
203        DC = DC->getParent()) {
204     // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
205     // templates.
206     RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
207     if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
208       FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD);
209   }
210   if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType)
211     return ParsedType();
212 
213   // We found some types in dependent base classes.  Recover as if the user
214   // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'.  We'll fully resolve the
215   // lookup during template instantiation.
216   S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II;
217 
218   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
219   auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
220                                           cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
221   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II);
222 
223   CXXScopeSpec SS;
224   SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
225 
226   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
227   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
228   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
229   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
230   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
231   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
232 }
233 
234 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
235 /// return the declaration of that type.
236 ///
237 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
238 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
239 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
240 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
241 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
242 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
243                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
244                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
245                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
246                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
247                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
248                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
249   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
250   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
251   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
252     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
253     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
254       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
255   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
256     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
257 
258     if (!LookupCtx) {
259       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
260         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
261         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
262         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
263         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
264         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
265         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
266         //
267         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
268         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
269         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
270           return ParsedType();
271 
272         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
273         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
274         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
275           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
276 
277         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
278         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
279                                        II, NameLoc);
280         return ParsedType::make(T);
281       }
282 
283       return ParsedType();
284     }
285 
286     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
287         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
288       return ParsedType();
289   }
290 
291   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
292   // lookup for class-names.
293   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
294                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
295   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
296   if (LookupCtx) {
297     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
298     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
299     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
300     // nested-name-specifier.
301     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
302 
303     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
304       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
305       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
306       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
307       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
308       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
309       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
310       LookupName(Result, S);
311     }
312   } else {
313     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
314     LookupName(Result, S);
315 
316     // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
317     // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
318     if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
319       if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
320               recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
321         return TypeInBase;
322     }
323   }
324 
325   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
326   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
327   case LookupResult::NotFound:
328   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
329     if (CorrectedII) {
330       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(
331           Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS,
332           llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName),
333           CTK_ErrorRecovery);
334       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
335       TemplateTy Template;
336       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
337       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
338       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
339       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
340       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
341       if (SS && NNS) {
342         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
343         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
344       }
345       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
346           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
347           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
348           // is handled elsewhere).
349           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
350             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
351                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
352         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
353                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
354                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
355                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
356         if (Ty) {
357           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
358                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
359                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
360           if (SS && NNS)
361             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
362           *CorrectedII = NewII;
363           return Ty;
364         }
365       }
366     }
367     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
368   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
369   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
370     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
371     return ParsedType();
372 
373   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
374     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
375     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
376     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
377     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
378     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
379     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
380       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
381       return ParsedType();
382     }
383 
384     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
385     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
386          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
387       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
388         if (!IIDecl ||
389             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
390               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
391           IIDecl = *Res;
392       }
393     }
394 
395     if (!IIDecl) {
396       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
397       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
398       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
399       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
400       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
401       // a type name.
402       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
403       return ParsedType();
404     }
405 
406     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
407     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
408     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
409     // perform the name lookup again.
410     break;
411 
412   case LookupResult::Found:
413     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
414     break;
415   }
416 
417   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
418 
419   QualType T;
420   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
421     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
422 
423     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
424     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false);
425 
426     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
427     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
428     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
429     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
430       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
431         // Construct a type with type-source information.
432         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
433         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
434 
435         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
436         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
437         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
438         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
439         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
440       } else {
441         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
442       }
443     }
444   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
445     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
446     if (!HasTrailingDot)
447       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
448   }
449 
450   if (T.isNull()) {
451     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
452     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
453     return ParsedType();
454   }
455   return ParsedType::make(T);
456 }
457 
458 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
459 static NestedNameSpecifier *
460 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
461   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
462     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
463     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
464     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
465       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
466     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
467       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
468                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
469     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
470       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
471   }
472   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
473 }
474 
475 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II,
476                                                 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
477   // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template
478   // type parameter is a Microsoft extension.
479   Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
480 
481   // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at
482   // instantiation time.  The name specifier isn't dependent, so template
483   // instantiation won't transform it.  It will retry the lookup, however.
484   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
485       synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
486   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
487 
488   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
489   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
490   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
491   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
492   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
493 
494   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
495   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
496   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
497   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
498   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
499   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
500 }
501 
502 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
503 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
504 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
505 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
506 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
507 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
508   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
509   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
510   LookupName(R, S, false);
511   R.suppressDiagnostics();
512   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
513     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
514       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
515       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
516       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
517       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
518       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
519       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
520       }
521     }
522 
523   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
524 }
525 
526 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
527 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
528 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
529 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
530 /// @code
531 /// template<class T> class A {
532 /// public:
533 ///   typedef int TYPE;
534 /// };
535 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
536 /// public:
537 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
538 /// };
539 /// @endcode
540 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
541   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
542     if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
543       return true;
544 
545     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
546 
547     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
548     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
549       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
550         return true;
551     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
552   }
553   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
554 }
555 
556 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
557                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
558                                    Scope *S,
559                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
560                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
561                                    bool AllowClassTemplates) {
562   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
563   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
564 
565   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
566   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
567   if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
568           CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
569                       llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(
570                           false, false, AllowClassTemplates),
571                       CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
572     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
573       // We corrected to a keyword.
574       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
575       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
576     } else {
577       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
578       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
579         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
580                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
581       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
582         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
583         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
584                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
585         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
586                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
587                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
588       } else {
589         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
590       }
591 
592       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
593       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
594         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
595                           SourceRange(IILoc));
596       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
597                                   IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false,
598                                   false, ParsedType(),
599                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
600                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
601     }
602     return;
603   }
604 
605   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
606     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
607     UnqualifiedId Name;
608     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
609     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
610     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
611     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
612     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
613                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
614                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
615       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
616       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
617       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
618         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
619           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
620       }
621       return;
622     }
623   }
624 
625   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
626   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
627 
628   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
629     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
630   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
631     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
632       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
633   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
634     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
635     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
636       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
637 
638     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
639       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
640       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
641       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
642     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
643                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
644   } else {
645     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
646            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
647   }
648 }
649 
650 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
651 /// or
652 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
653   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
654                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
655 
656   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
657     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
658       return true;
659 
660     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
661       return true;
662   }
663 
664   return false;
665 }
666 
667 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
668                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
669                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
670                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
671   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
672   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
673   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
674     StringRef FixItTagName;
675     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
676       case TTK_Class:
677         FixItTagName = "class ";
678         break;
679 
680       case TTK_Enum:
681         FixItTagName = "enum ";
682         break;
683 
684       case TTK_Struct:
685         FixItTagName = "struct ";
686         break;
687 
688       case TTK_Interface:
689         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
690         break;
691 
692       case TTK_Union:
693         FixItTagName = "union ";
694         break;
695     }
696 
697     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
698     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
699       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
700       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
701 
702     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
703          I != IEnd; ++I)
704       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
705         << Name << TagName;
706 
707     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
708     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
709     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
710     return true;
711   }
712 
713   return false;
714 }
715 
716 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
717 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
718                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
719   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
720 
721   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
722   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
723 
724   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
725   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
726   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
727   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
728   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
729 }
730 
731 Sema::NameClassification
732 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
733                    SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
734                    bool IsAddressOfOperand,
735                    std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) {
736   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
737   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
738 
739   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
740     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
741                                 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false);
742   }
743 
744   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
745   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
746 
747   // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
748   // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
749   if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
750     if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
751             recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
752       return TypeInBase;
753   }
754 
755   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
756   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
757   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
758   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
759   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
760     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
761     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
762       return E;
763   }
764 
765   bool SecondTry = false;
766   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
767 
768 Corrected:
769   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
770   case LookupResult::NotFound:
771     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
772     // call.
773     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
774       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
775       // FIXME: Reference?
776       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
777         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
778 
779       // C90 6.3.2.2:
780       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
781       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
782       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
783       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
784       //   the function call, the declaration
785       //
786       //     extern int identifier ();
787       //
788       //   appeared.
789       //
790       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
791       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
792         Result.addDecl(D);
793         Result.resolveKind();
794         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
795       }
796     }
797 
798     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
799     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
800     // "struct", or "union".
801     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
802         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
803       break;
804     }
805 
806     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
807     // close to this name.
808     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
809       SecondTry = true;
810       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
811                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
812                                                  &SS, std::move(CCC),
813                                                  CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
814         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
815         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
816 
817         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
818         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
819           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr;
820         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
821             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
822           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
823           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
824         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
825                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
826                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
827                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
828           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
829           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
830         }
831 
832         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
833           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
834         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
835           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
836           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
837                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
838           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
839                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
840                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
841         }
842 
843         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
844         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
845 
846         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
847         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
848           return Name;
849 
850         // Also update the LookupResult...
851         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
852         Result.clear();
853         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
854         if (FirstDecl)
855           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
856 
857         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
858         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
859         // reference the ivar.
860         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
861         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
862           Result.clear();
863           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
864           return E;
865         }
866 
867         goto Corrected;
868       }
869     }
870 
871     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
872     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
873     return NameClassification::Unknown();
874 
875   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
876     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
877     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
878     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
879 
880     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
881     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
882     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
883     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
884     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
885     //
886     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
887     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
888     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
889     // keyword here.
890     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
891                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
892                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
893   }
894 
895   case LookupResult::Found:
896   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
897   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
898     break;
899 
900   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
901     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
902         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
903       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
904       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
905       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
906       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
907       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
908       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
909       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
910       //   ambiguous.
911       //
912       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
913       // so try again after filtering out template names.
914       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
915       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
916         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
917         break;
918       }
919     }
920 
921     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
922     return NameClassification::Error();
923   }
924 
925   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
926       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
927     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
928     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
929     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
930     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
931     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
932     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
933     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
934       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
935 
936     if (!Result.empty()) {
937       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
938       bool IsVarTemplate;
939       TemplateName Template;
940       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
941         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
942         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
943                                                      Result.end());
944       } else {
945         TemplateDecl *TD
946           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
947         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
948         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
949 
950         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
951           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
952                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
953                                                       TD);
954         else
955           Template = TemplateName(TD);
956       }
957 
958       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
959         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
960         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
961         // to based on which function we selected.
962         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
963 
964         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
965       }
966 
967       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
968                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
969     }
970   }
971 
972   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
973   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
974     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
975     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
976     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
977     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
978       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
979     return ParsedType::make(T);
980   }
981 
982   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
983   if (!Class) {
984     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
985     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
986             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
987       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
988   }
989 
990   if (Class) {
991     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
992 
993     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
994       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
995       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
996       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
997       return NameClassification::Unknown();
998     }
999 
1000     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
1001     return ParsedType::make(T);
1002   }
1003 
1004   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
1005   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
1006     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
1007         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
1008 
1009   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
1010   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
1011   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
1012   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
1013        (NextIsOp &&
1014         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
1015       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
1016     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1017     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1018     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1019     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1020       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1021     return ParsedType::make(T);
1022   }
1023 
1024   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
1025     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
1026                                            nullptr);
1027 
1028   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
1029   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
1030 }
1031 
1032 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
1033 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
1034 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
1035 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
1036 
1037   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
1038   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
1039   // the context we'll need to return to.
1040   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
1041   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
1042   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
1043   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
1044   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
1045   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
1046   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
1047   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
1048   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
1049   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
1050     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1051 
1052     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
1053     // lexical context.
1054     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
1055       return DC;
1056 
1057     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
1058     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
1059     // class is the context we need to return to.
1060     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
1061       DC = RD;
1062 
1063     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
1064     // declared in.
1065     return DC;
1066   }
1067 
1068   return DC->getLexicalParent();
1069 }
1070 
1071 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1072   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
1073       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1074   CurContext = DC;
1075   S->setEntity(DC);
1076 }
1077 
1078 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1079   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1080 
1081   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
1082   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1083 }
1084 
1085 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1086 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1087 ///
1088 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1089   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1090   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1091   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1092   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
1093   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1094   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1095   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1096   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1097   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1098   //   namespace.
1099   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1100   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
1101   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1102   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
1103   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1104 
1105   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
1106 
1107 #ifndef NDEBUG
1108   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1109   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1110   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
1111 #endif
1112 
1113   CurContext = DC;
1114   S->setEntity(DC);
1115 }
1116 
1117 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1118   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
1119 
1120   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
1121   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1122   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1123   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1124   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1125 
1126   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1127   // disappear.
1128 }
1129 
1130 
1131 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1132   // We assume that the caller has already called
1133   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1134   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1135   if (!FD)
1136     return;
1137 
1138   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1139   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1140   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1141     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1142   CurContext = FD;
1143   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1144 
1145   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1146     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1147     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1148     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1149       S->AddDecl(Param);
1150       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1151     }
1152   }
1153 }
1154 
1155 
1156 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1157   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1158   // rather than the top-level class.
1159   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1160   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1161   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1162 }
1163 
1164 
1165 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1166 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1167 ///
1168 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1169 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1170 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1171 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1172 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1173 /// attribute.
1174 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1175                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1176   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1177     return true;
1178 
1179   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1180     return true;
1181 
1182   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1183           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1184 }
1185 
1186 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1187 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1188   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1189   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1190   // scope.
1191   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1192     S = S->getParent();
1193 
1194   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1195   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1196   // into any context.
1197   if (AddToContext)
1198     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1199 
1200   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1201   // are function-local declarations.
1202   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1203       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1204         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1205       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1206     return;
1207 
1208   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1209   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1210       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1211     return;
1212 
1213   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1214   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1215                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1216   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1217     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1218       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1219       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1220 
1221       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1222       break;
1223     }
1224   }
1225 
1226   S->AddDecl(D);
1227 
1228   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1229     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1230     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1231     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1232     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1233       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1234       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1235         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1236           continue;
1237       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1238         break;
1239     }
1240 
1241     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1242   } else {
1243     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1244   }
1245 }
1246 
1247 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1248   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1249     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1250 }
1251 
1252 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1253                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1254   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1255 }
1256 
1257 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1258   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1259   do {
1260     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1261       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1262         return S;
1263   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1264 
1265   return nullptr;
1266 }
1267 
1268 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1269                                             DeclContext*,
1270                                             ASTContext&);
1271 
1272 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1273 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1274 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1275                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1276                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1277   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1278   while (F.hasNext()) {
1279     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1280 
1281     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1282       continue;
1283 
1284     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1285       continue;
1286 
1287     F.erase();
1288   }
1289 
1290   F.done();
1291 }
1292 
1293 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1294   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1295          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1296          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1297 }
1298 
1299 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1300 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1301   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1302   while (F.hasNext())
1303     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1304       F.erase();
1305 
1306   F.done();
1307 }
1308 
1309 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1310 /// @code
1311 /// class S {
1312 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1313 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1314 /// };
1315 /// @endcode
1316 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1317   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1318   // the decl here.
1319   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1320     return false;
1321 
1322   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1323     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1324   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1325     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1326   return false;
1327 }
1328 
1329 // We need this to handle
1330 //
1331 // typedef struct {
1332 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1333 // } A;
1334 //
1335 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1336 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1337 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1338 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1339 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1340 // not.
1341 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1342   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1343   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1344     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1345       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1346         return true;
1347     }
1348     DC = DC->getParent();
1349   }
1350 
1351   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1352 }
1353 
1354 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1355 // these semantics.
1356 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1357   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1358     return false;
1359   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1360 }
1361 
1362 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1363   assert(D);
1364 
1365   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1366     return false;
1367 
1368   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1369   // of members of class templates.
1370   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1371       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1372     return false;
1373 
1374   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1375     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1376       return false;
1377 
1378     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1379       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1380         return false;
1381     } else {
1382       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1383       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1384         return false;
1385     }
1386 
1387     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1388         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1389       return false;
1390   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1391     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1392     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1393     // like "inline".)
1394     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1395       return false;
1396 
1397     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1398       return false;
1399 
1400     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1401         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1402       return false;
1403   } else {
1404     return false;
1405   }
1406 
1407   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1408   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1409   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1410   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1411 }
1412 
1413 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1414   if (!D)
1415     return;
1416 
1417   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1418     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1419     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1420       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1421   }
1422 
1423   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1424     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1425     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1426       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1427   }
1428 
1429   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1430     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1431 }
1432 
1433 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1434   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1435     return false;
1436 
1437   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1438       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1439     return false;
1440 
1441   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1442     return true;
1443 
1444   // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to
1445   // functions.
1446   bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod();
1447   if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()))
1448     // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred.
1449     WithinFunction =
1450         WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType());
1451   if (!WithinFunction)
1452     return false;
1453 
1454   if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D))
1455     return true;
1456 
1457   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1458   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D))
1459     return false;
1460 
1461   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1462   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1463 
1464     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1465     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1466 
1467     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1468     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1469       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1470         return false;
1471     }
1472 
1473     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1474     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1475     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1476       return false;
1477 
1478     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1479       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1480       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1481         return false;
1482 
1483       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1484         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1485           return false;
1486 
1487         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1488           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1489                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1490             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1491           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1492             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1493           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1494             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1495             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1496               return false;
1497           }
1498         }
1499       }
1500     }
1501 
1502     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1503   }
1504 
1505   return true;
1506 }
1507 
1508 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1509                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1510   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1511     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1512                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1513     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1514       return;
1515     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1516                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1517   }
1518   return;
1519 }
1520 
1521 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) {
1522   if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType())
1523     return;
1524 
1525   for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) {
1526     if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD))
1527       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T);
1528     else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD))
1529       DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R);
1530   }
1531 }
1532 
1533 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1534 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1535 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1536   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1537     return;
1538 
1539   if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
1540     // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted
1541     // at end-of-translation-unit.
1542     UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD);
1543     return;
1544   }
1545 
1546   FixItHint Hint;
1547   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1548 
1549   unsigned DiagID;
1550   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1551     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1552   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1553     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1554   else
1555     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1556 
1557   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1558 }
1559 
1560 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1561   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1562   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1563   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved
1564   // MS inline assembly label name.
1565   bool Diagnose = false;
1566   if (L->isMSAsmLabel())
1567     Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel();
1568   else
1569     Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr;
1570   if (Diagnose)
1571     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1572 }
1573 
1574 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1575   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1576 
1577   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1578   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1579          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1580 
1581   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1582     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1583 
1584     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1585     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1586 
1587     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1588 
1589     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1590     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) {
1591       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1592       if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D))
1593         DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD);
1594     }
1595 
1596     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1597     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1598       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1599 
1600     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1601     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1602   }
1603 }
1604 
1605 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1606 ///
1607 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1608 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1609 /// to the fixed name.
1610 ///
1611 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1612 ///
1613 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1614 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1615 ///
1616 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1617 /// class could not be found.
1618 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1619                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1620                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1621   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1622   // creation from this context.
1623   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1624 
1625   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1626     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1627     // find an Objective-C class name.
1628     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(
1629             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr,
1630             llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(),
1631             CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1632       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1633       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1634       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1635     }
1636   }
1637   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1638   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1639   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1640       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1641   return Def;
1642 }
1643 
1644 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1645 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1646 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1647 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1648 /// ill-formed in C++:
1649 /// @code
1650 /// struct S6 {
1651 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1652 /// };
1653 ///
1654 /// void test_S6() {
1655 ///   struct S6 a;
1656 ///   a.e = BAR;
1657 /// }
1658 /// @endcode
1659 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1660 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1661 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1662 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1663 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1664 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1665 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1666 /// contain non-field names.
1667 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1668   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1669          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1670          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1671     S = S->getParent();
1672   return S;
1673 }
1674 
1675 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1676 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1677 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1678 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1679 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1680                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1681   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1682     return;
1683   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1684 
1685   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1686                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1687   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1688   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1689     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1690       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1691 }
1692 
1693 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
1694   switch (Error) {
1695   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1696     return "";
1697   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1698     return "stdio.h";
1699   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1700     return "setjmp.h";
1701   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1702     return "ucontext.h";
1703   }
1704   llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind");
1705 }
1706 
1707 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1708 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1709 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1710 /// built-in.
1711 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
1712                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1713                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1714   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1715 
1716   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1717   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error);
1718   if (Error) {
1719     if (ForRedeclaration)
1720       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
1721           << getHeaderName(Error)
1722           << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID);
1723     return nullptr;
1724   }
1725 
1726   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) {
1727     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1728       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID)
1729       << R;
1730     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) &&
1731         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc))
1732       Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
1733           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID)
1734           << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID);
1735   }
1736 
1737   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1738   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1739     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1740         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1741                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1742     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1743     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1744     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1745   }
1746 
1747   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1748                                            Parent,
1749                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1750                                            SC_Extern,
1751                                            false,
1752                                            R->isFunctionProtoType());
1753   New->setImplicit();
1754 
1755   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1756   // FunctionDecl.
1757   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1758     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1759     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1760       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1761           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1762                               nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1763                               SC_None, nullptr);
1764       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1765       Params.push_back(parm);
1766     }
1767     New->setParams(Params);
1768   }
1769 
1770   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1771   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1772 
1773   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1774   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1775   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1776   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1777   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1778   CurContext = Parent;
1779   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1780   CurContext = SavedContext;
1781   return New;
1782 }
1783 
1784 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration
1785 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g.,
1786 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same
1787 /// entity.
1788 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context,
1789                                               NamedDecl *decl,
1790                                               LookupResult &previous){
1791   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1792   if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1793     return;
1794 
1795   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1796   if (previous.empty())
1797     return;
1798 
1799   LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter();
1800   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1801     NamedDecl *old = filter.next();
1802 
1803     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1804     if (!old->isHidden())
1805       continue;
1806 
1807     if (!old->isExternallyVisible())
1808       filter.erase();
1809   }
1810 
1811   filter.done();
1812 }
1813 
1814 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same
1815 /// entity if their types are the same.
1816 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's
1817 /// isSameEntity.
1818 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(ASTContext &Context,
1819                                                      TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
1820                                                      LookupResult &Previous) {
1821   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1822   if (!Context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1823     return;
1824 
1825   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1826   if (Previous.empty())
1827     return;
1828 
1829   LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter();
1830   while (Filter.hasNext()) {
1831     NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next();
1832 
1833     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1834     if (!Old->isHidden())
1835       continue;
1836 
1837     // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have
1838     // different linkages.
1839     if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1840       if (Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
1841                               Decl->getUnderlyingType()))
1842         continue;
1843 
1844       // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage
1845       // purposes, then they declare the same entity.
1846       if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName() &&
1847           Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName())
1848         continue;
1849     }
1850 
1851     if (!Old->isExternallyVisible())
1852       Filter.erase();
1853   }
1854 
1855   Filter.done();
1856 }
1857 
1858 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1859   QualType OldType;
1860   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1861     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1862   else
1863     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1864   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1865 
1866   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1867     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1868     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1869     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1870       << Kind << NewType;
1871     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1872       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1873     New->setInvalidDecl();
1874     return true;
1875   }
1876 
1877   if (OldType != NewType &&
1878       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1879       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1880       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1881     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1882     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1883       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1884     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1885       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1886     New->setInvalidDecl();
1887     return true;
1888   }
1889   return false;
1890 }
1891 
1892 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1893 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1894 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1895 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1896 ///
1897 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1898   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1899   // merging checks.
1900   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1901 
1902   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1903   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1904   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1905     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1906     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1907     default: break;
1908     case 2:
1909       {
1910         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1911           break;
1912         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1913         if (!T->isPointerType())
1914           break;
1915         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1916           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1917           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1918             break;
1919         }
1920         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1921         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1922         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1923         return;
1924       }
1925     case 5:
1926       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1927         break;
1928       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1929       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1930       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1931       return;
1932     case 3:
1933       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1934         break;
1935       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1936       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1937       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1938       return;
1939     }
1940     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1941   }
1942 
1943   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1944   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1945   if (!Old) {
1946     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1947       << New->getDeclName();
1948 
1949     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1950     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1951       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1952 
1953     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1954   }
1955 
1956   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1957   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1958     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1959 
1960   if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1961     auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName();
1962     auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName();
1963     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
1964     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag &&
1965         OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() &&
1966         !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) {
1967       // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it
1968       // instead of our tag.
1969       New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl());
1970       if (OldTD->isModed())
1971         New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
1972                                     OldTD->getUnderlyingType());
1973       else
1974         New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo());
1975 
1976       // Make the old tag definition visible.
1977       if (auto *Listener = getASTMutationListener())
1978         Listener->RedefinedHiddenDefinition(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation());
1979       Hidden->setHidden(false);
1980     }
1981   }
1982 
1983   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1984   // with any extensions enabled.
1985   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1986     return;
1987 
1988   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
1989   // the old declaration was a typedef.
1990   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1991     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
1992     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
1993   }
1994 
1995   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1996     return;
1997 
1998   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1999     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
2000     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
2001     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
2002     //   to the type to which it already refers.
2003     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
2004       return;
2005 
2006     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
2007     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
2008     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
2009     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
2010     //
2011     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
2012     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
2013     //
2014     //   struct S {
2015     //     typedef struct A { } A;
2016     //   };
2017     //
2018     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
2019     // allow the above but disallow
2020     //
2021     //   struct S {
2022     //     typedef int I;
2023     //     typedef int I;
2024     //   };
2025     //
2026     // since that was the intent of DR56.
2027     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2028       return;
2029 
2030     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2031       << New->getDeclName();
2032     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2033     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2034   }
2035 
2036   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
2037   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
2038     return;
2039 
2040   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
2041   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
2042   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
2043   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
2044   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
2045       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
2046        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
2047     return;
2048 
2049   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
2050     << New->getDeclName();
2051   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2052 }
2053 
2054 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
2055 /// attribute.
2056 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
2057   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
2058   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
2059   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
2060     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
2061       if (Ann) {
2062         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
2063           return true;
2064         continue;
2065       }
2066       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
2067       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
2068         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
2069       return true;
2070     }
2071 
2072   return false;
2073 }
2074 
2075 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
2076   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2077     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
2078   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2079     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
2080   return true;
2081 }
2082 
2083 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
2084 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
2085 ///
2086 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
2087 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
2088   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
2089   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
2090   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2091   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
2092   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
2093   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2094     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
2095     // in a case like:
2096     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
2097     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
2098     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
2099     // definition in such a case.
2100     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2101       return false;
2102 
2103     if (I->isAlignas())
2104       OldAlignasAttr = I;
2105 
2106     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2107     if (Align > OldAlign) {
2108       OldAlign = Align;
2109       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
2110     }
2111   }
2112 
2113   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
2114   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2115   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
2116   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2117     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2118       return false;
2119 
2120     if (I->isAlignas())
2121       NewAlignasAttr = I;
2122 
2123     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2124     if (Align > NewAlign)
2125       NewAlign = Align;
2126   }
2127 
2128   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2129     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
2130     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
2131     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
2132     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
2133 
2134     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
2135     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
2136     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
2137       QualType Ty;
2138       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
2139         Ty = VD->getType();
2140       else
2141         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
2142 
2143       if (OldAlign == 0)
2144         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2145       if (NewAlign == 0)
2146         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2147     }
2148 
2149     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2150       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
2151         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2152         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2153       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2154     }
2155   }
2156 
2157   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2158     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2159     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2160     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2161     //   equivalent alignment.
2162     // C11 6.7.5/7:
2163     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2164     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2165     //   have no alignment specifier.
2166     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2167       << OldAlignasAttr;
2168     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2169       << OldAlignasAttr;
2170   }
2171 
2172   bool AnyAdded = false;
2173 
2174   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2175   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2176     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2177     Clone->setInherited(true);
2178     New->addAttr(Clone);
2179     AnyAdded = true;
2180   }
2181 
2182   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2183   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2184       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2185     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2186     Clone->setInherited(true);
2187     New->addAttr(Clone);
2188     AnyAdded = true;
2189   }
2190 
2191   return AnyAdded;
2192 }
2193 
2194 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2195                                const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) {
2196   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2197   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
2198   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2199     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
2200                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
2201                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2202                                       AA->getMessage(), Override,
2203                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2204   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2205     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2206                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
2207   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2208     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2209                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
2210   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2211     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
2212                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2213   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2214     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
2215                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2216   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2217     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
2218                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
2219                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2220   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2221     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
2222                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
2223   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2224     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
2225                                        AttrSpellingListIndex,
2226                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
2227   else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr))
2228     NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(),
2229                                       &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()),
2230                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2231   else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr))
2232     NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2233   else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr))
2234     NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2235   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2236     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2237     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2238     NewAttr = nullptr;
2239   else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override)
2240     NewAttr = nullptr;
2241   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2242     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2243 
2244   if (NewAttr) {
2245     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2246     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2247     return true;
2248   }
2249 
2250   return false;
2251 }
2252 
2253 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2254   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2255     return TD->getDefinition();
2256   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2257     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2258     if (Def)
2259       return Def;
2260     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2261   }
2262   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2263     const FunctionDecl* Def;
2264     if (FD->isDefined(Def))
2265       return Def;
2266   }
2267   return nullptr;
2268 }
2269 
2270 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2271   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2272     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2273       return true;
2274   return false;
2275 }
2276 
2277 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2278 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2279 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2280   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2281     return;
2282 
2283   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2284   if (!Def || Def == New)
2285     return;
2286 
2287   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2288   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2289     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2290 
2291     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2292       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New))
2293         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def));
2294       else {
2295         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2296         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2297                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2298                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2299                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2300         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2301         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2302         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2303       }
2304       ++I;
2305       continue;
2306     }
2307 
2308     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2309       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2310       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2311         ++I;
2312         continue;
2313       }
2314     }
2315 
2316     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2317       ++I;
2318       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2319     }
2320 
2321     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2322       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2323       ++I;
2324       continue;
2325     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2326       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2327         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2328         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2329         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2330         //   equivalent alignment.
2331         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2332         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2333         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2334         //   have no alignment specifier.
2335         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2336           << AA;
2337         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2338           << AA;
2339         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2340         --E;
2341         continue;
2342       }
2343     }
2344 
2345     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2346            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2347     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2348     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2349     --E;
2350   }
2351 }
2352 
2353 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2354 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2355                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2356   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2357     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2358     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2359     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2360   }
2361 
2362   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2363     return;
2364 
2365   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2366   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2367 
2368   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2369     return;
2370 
2371   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2372 
2373   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2374   // we process them.
2375   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2376 
2377   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2378     bool Override = false;
2379     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2380     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2381         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2382         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2383       switch (AMK) {
2384       case AMK_None:
2385         continue;
2386 
2387       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2388         break;
2389 
2390       case AMK_Override:
2391         Override = true;
2392         break;
2393       }
2394     }
2395 
2396     // Already handled.
2397     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2398       continue;
2399 
2400     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override))
2401       foundAny = true;
2402   }
2403 
2404   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2405     foundAny = true;
2406 
2407   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2408 }
2409 
2410 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2411 /// to the new one.
2412 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2413                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2414                                      Sema &S) {
2415   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2416   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2417   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2418   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2419   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2420   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2421     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2422            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2423     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2424     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2425     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2426       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2427     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2428       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2429     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2430            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2431   }
2432 
2433   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2434     return;
2435 
2436   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2437 
2438   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2439   // done before we process them.
2440   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2441 
2442   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2443     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2444       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2445         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2446       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2447       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2448       foundAny = true;
2449     }
2450   }
2451 
2452   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2453 }
2454 
2455 namespace {
2456 
2457 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2458 /// C.
2459 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2460   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2461   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2462   QualType PromotedType;
2463 };
2464 
2465 }
2466 
2467 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2468 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2469   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2470     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2471       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2472 
2473     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2474       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2475 
2476     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2477       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2478   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2479     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2480   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2481     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2482   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2483     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2484   }
2485 
2486   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2487 }
2488 
2489 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
2490 // declaration, or a declaration.
2491 template <typename T>
2492 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
2493 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2494   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2495   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2496   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2497     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2498   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2499     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2500     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2501       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2502   } else
2503     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2504   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
2505 }
2506 
2507 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2508 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2509 /// GNU89 mode.
2510 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2511                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2512   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2513           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2514           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2515           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2516 }
2517 
2518 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2519   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2520   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2521     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2522   return AT;
2523 }
2524 
2525 template <typename T>
2526 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2527   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2528   if (DC->isRecord())
2529     return false;
2530 
2531   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2532   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2533     return true;
2534   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2535     return true;
2536   return false;
2537 }
2538 
2539 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2540 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2541 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2542 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2543 ///
2544 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2545 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2546 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2547 /// merged with.
2548 ///
2549 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2550 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2551                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2552   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2553   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2554   if (!Old) {
2555     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2556       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2557         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2558         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2559              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2560         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2561              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2562         return true;
2563       }
2564 
2565       // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2566       //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2567       //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2568       //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2569       //   function, the program is ill-formed.
2570 
2571       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2572       Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2573       if (Old &&
2574           !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2575               New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2576           !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC()))
2577         Old = nullptr;
2578 
2579       if (!Old) {
2580         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2581         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2582              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2583         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2584         return true;
2585       }
2586       OldD = Old;
2587     } else {
2588       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2589         << New->getDeclName();
2590       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2591       return true;
2592     }
2593   }
2594 
2595   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2596   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2597     return true;
2598 
2599   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2600   SourceLocation OldLocation;
2601   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
2602       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
2603 
2604   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2605   // is an extern inline function.
2606   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2607   // storage classes.
2608   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2609       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2610       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2611       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2612       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2613     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2614       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
2615       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2616     } else {
2617       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2618       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2619       return true;
2620     }
2621   }
2622 
2623 
2624   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2625   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2626   // convention of the first.
2627   //
2628   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2629   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2630   //
2631   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2632   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2633   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2634   //
2635   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2636   // other tests to run.
2637   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2638   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2639   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2640   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2641   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2642   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2643   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2644 
2645   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2646     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2647     const FunctionType *FT =
2648         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2649     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2650     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2651     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2652       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2653       // there but not here.
2654       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2655       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2656     } else {
2657       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2658       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2659       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2660         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2661         << !FirstCCExplicit
2662         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2663             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2664 
2665       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2666       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2667       return true;
2668     }
2669   }
2670 
2671   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2672   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2673     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2674     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2675   }
2676 
2677   // Merge regparm attribute.
2678   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2679       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2680     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2681       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2682         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2683         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2684       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2685       return true;
2686     }
2687 
2688     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2689     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2690   }
2691 
2692   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2693   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2694     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2695       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2696       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2697       return true;
2698     }
2699 
2700     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2701     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2702   }
2703 
2704   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2705     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2706     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2707     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2708     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2709     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2710   }
2711 
2712   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2713   // UndefinedButUsed.
2714   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2715       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2716       (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) &&
2717       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2718       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2719     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2720                                            SourceLocation()));
2721 
2722   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2723   // about it.
2724   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2725       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2726     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2727   }
2728 
2729   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2730     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2731     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2732     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2733     //        cannot be overloaded.
2734 
2735     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2736     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2737     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2738     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2739     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2740     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
2741         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2742              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2743              : OldType)->getReturnType();
2744     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
2745         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2746              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2747              : NewType)->getReturnType();
2748     QualType ResQT;
2749     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2750         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2751           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2752       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2753           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2754         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2755       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2756         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2757           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
2758               << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2759         else
2760           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
2761               << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2762         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
2763                                     << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2764         return true;
2765       }
2766       else
2767         NewQType = ResQT;
2768     }
2769 
2770     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
2771     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
2772     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2773       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2774       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2775       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
2776       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2777         New->setType(
2778             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2779                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2780                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2781         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2782             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2783                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2784                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2785       }
2786     }
2787 
2788     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2789     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2790     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2791       // Preserve triviality.
2792       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2793 
2794       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2795       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2796       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
2797       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2798                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2799                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2800       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2801 
2802       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2803           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2804         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2805         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2806         //       is a static member function declaration.
2807         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2808           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2809           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2810           return true;
2811         }
2812 
2813         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2814         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2815         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2816         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2817         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2818           unsigned NewDiag;
2819           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2820             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2821           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2822             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2823           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2824             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2825           else
2826             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2827 
2828           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2829         } else {
2830           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2831             << New << New->getType();
2832         }
2833         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2834         return true;
2835 
2836       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2837       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2838       //
2839       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2840       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2841       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2842         if (isFriend) {
2843           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2844         } else {
2845           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2846                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2847             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2848           return true;
2849         }
2850       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2851         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2852              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2853           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2854         return true;
2855       }
2856     }
2857 
2858     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2859     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2860     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2861     //   attribute.
2862     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
2863     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2864       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2865       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2866            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2867     }
2868 
2869     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2870     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2871     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2872     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2873     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2874     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2875       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2876            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2877       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2878            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2879     }
2880 
2881     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2882     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2883     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2884     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2885 
2886     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2887     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2888     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2889       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2890       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2891         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2892       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2893       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2894     }
2895 
2896     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2897       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
2898       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
2899       //
2900       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
2901       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
2902       // linkage within class scope.
2903       //
2904       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
2905       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
2906         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
2907         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2908       } else {
2909         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2910         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2911         return true;
2912       }
2913     }
2914 
2915     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2916       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2917 
2918     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2919         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
2920       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
2921       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
2922       // when we instantiate the function.
2923       return false;
2924     }
2925 
2926     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2927   }
2928 
2929   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2930   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2931   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2932       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2933     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2934     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2935     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
2936     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2937         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2938       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2939       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2940       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2941       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
2942       NewQType =
2943           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
2944                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2945       New->setType(NewQType);
2946       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2947 
2948       // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
2949       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2950       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
2951         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
2952                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr,
2953                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
2954                                                  SC_None, nullptr);
2955         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2956         Param->setImplicit();
2957         Params.push_back(Param);
2958       }
2959 
2960       New->setParams(Params);
2961     }
2962 
2963     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2964   }
2965 
2966   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2967   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2968   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2969   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2970   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2971   // the prototype.
2972   //
2973   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2974   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2975   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2976   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2977   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2978       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2979       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2980       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2981     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2982     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2983     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2984       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2985     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2986       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2987 
2988     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2989     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
2990                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
2991     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2992     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2993          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2994       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2995       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2996       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2997                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
2998         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2999       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3000                                             NewParm->getType(),
3001                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
3002         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
3003                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
3004         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
3005         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3006       } else
3007         LooseCompatible = false;
3008     }
3009 
3010     if (LooseCompatible) {
3011       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
3012         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
3013              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
3014           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
3015           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
3016         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
3017           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
3018                diag::note_previous_declaration);
3019       }
3020 
3021       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3022         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
3023                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
3024       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3025     }
3026 
3027     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
3028   }
3029 
3030   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
3031   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
3032 
3033   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
3034   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
3035   unsigned BuiltinID;
3036   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
3037     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
3038     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
3039     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
3040       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
3041       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
3042         << Old << Old->getType();
3043 
3044       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
3045       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
3046       //
3047       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
3048       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
3049       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
3050       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
3051       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
3052       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3053         New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
3054 
3055       return false;
3056     }
3057 
3058     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
3059   }
3060 
3061   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
3062   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3063   return true;
3064 }
3065 
3066 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
3067 /// known to be compatible.
3068 ///
3069 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
3070 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
3071 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
3072 /// redeclaration of Old.
3073 ///
3074 /// \returns false
3075 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
3076                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3077   // Merge the attributes
3078   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3079 
3080   // Merge "pure" flag.
3081   if (Old->isPure())
3082     New->setPure();
3083 
3084   // Merge "used" flag.
3085   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3086     New->setIsUsed();
3087 
3088   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
3089   // declarations.
3090   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
3091     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
3092       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
3093                                *this);
3094 
3095   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3096     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
3097 
3098   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
3099   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
3100   // was visible.
3101   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
3102   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3103     New->setType(Merged);
3104 
3105   return false;
3106 }
3107 
3108 
3109 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
3110                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
3111 
3112   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
3113   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
3114     isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
3115                                                    : AMK_Override;
3116   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
3117 
3118   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
3119   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
3120                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
3121   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
3122          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
3123        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
3124     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
3125 
3126   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
3127 }
3128 
3129 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
3130 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
3131 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3132 ///
3133 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
3134 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
3135 /// is attached.
3136 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
3137                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3138   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
3139     return;
3140 
3141   QualType MergedT;
3142   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3143     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
3144       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
3145       return;
3146     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
3147       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
3148       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
3149     }
3150     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
3151     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
3152     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
3153     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
3154     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
3155     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
3156              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
3157       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3158       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3159       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3160                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3161         MergedT = New->getType();
3162     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
3163                New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
3164       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3165       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3166       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3167                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3168         MergedT = Old->getType();
3169     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3170                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3171       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
3172                                               Old->getType());
3173     }
3174   } else {
3175     // C 6.2.7p2:
3176     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
3177     //   compatible type.
3178     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
3179   }
3180   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
3181     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
3182     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
3183     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
3184     // equivalent.
3185     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
3186     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
3187          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3188       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
3189       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
3190       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
3191       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3192         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
3193       return;
3194     }
3195 
3196     // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration
3197     // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance:
3198     //
3199     //   extern int arr[];
3200     //   void f() { extern int arr[2]; }
3201     //   void g() { extern int arr[3]; }
3202     //
3203     // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try
3204     // to diagnose it.
3205     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
3206       << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
3207     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3208     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3209   }
3210 
3211   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
3212   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
3213   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3214     New->setType(MergedT);
3215 }
3216 
3217 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
3218                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
3219   // C11 6.2.7p4:
3220   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
3221   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
3222   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
3223   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
3224   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
3225   //
3226   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
3227   if (Previous.isShadowed())
3228     return false;
3229 
3230   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3231     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
3232     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
3233     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
3234     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
3235     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
3236            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3237             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
3238   } else {
3239     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
3240     // type unless we're in the same function.
3241     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3242            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3243   }
3244 }
3245 
3246 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
3247 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
3248 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3249 ///
3250 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
3251 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
3252 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
3253 ///
3254 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
3255   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
3256   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3257     return;
3258 
3259   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
3260 
3261   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
3262   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
3263   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
3264   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
3265     if (NewTemplate) {
3266       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3267       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
3268     } else
3269       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3270   }
3271   if (!Old) {
3272     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3273       << New->getDeclName();
3274     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
3275          diag::note_previous_definition);
3276     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3277   }
3278 
3279   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
3280     return;
3281 
3282   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
3283   if (NewTemplate &&
3284       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3285                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3286                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
3287     return;
3288 
3289   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3290   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3291   //
3292   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3293   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3294     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3295       << New->getIdentifier();
3296     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3297     New->setInvalidDecl();
3298   }
3299 
3300   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3301   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3302   // declaration
3303   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3304       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3305       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3306     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3307     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3308     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3309     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3310   }
3311 
3312   // Merge the types.
3313   VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl();
3314   if (MostRecent != Old) {
3315     MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent,
3316                       mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous));
3317     if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3318       return;
3319   }
3320 
3321   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3322   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3323     return;
3324 
3325   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3326   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3327   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3328       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3329 
3330   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3331   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3332       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3333       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3334     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3335       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
3336           << New->getDeclName();
3337       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3338     } else {
3339       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
3340           << New->getDeclName();
3341       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3342       return New->setInvalidDecl();
3343     }
3344   }
3345   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3346   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3347   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3348   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3349   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3350   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3351   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3352   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3353   //   identifier has external linkage.
3354   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3355     /* Okay */;
3356   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3357            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3358            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3359     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3360     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3361     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3362   }
3363 
3364   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3365   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3366       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) {
3367     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3368     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3369     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3370   }
3371   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() &&
3372       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3373     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3374     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3375     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3376   }
3377 
3378   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3379 
3380   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3381   // need to check for mismatches.
3382   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3383       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3384       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3385         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3386     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3387     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3388     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3389   }
3390 
3391   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3392     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3393       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3394       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3395     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3396       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3397       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3398     } else {
3399       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3400       // static and dynamic initialization.
3401       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3402       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3403       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3404         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3405       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3406     }
3407   }
3408 
3409   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3410   const VarDecl *Def;
3411   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3412       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
3413       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3414     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3415     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3416     New->setInvalidDecl();
3417     return;
3418   }
3419 
3420   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3421     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3422     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3423     New->setInvalidDecl();
3424     return;
3425   }
3426 
3427   // Merge "used" flag.
3428   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3429     New->setIsUsed();
3430 
3431   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3432   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3433   if (NewTemplate)
3434     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3435 
3436   // Inherit access appropriately.
3437   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3438   if (NewTemplate)
3439     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3440 }
3441 
3442 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3443 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3444 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3445                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3446   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3447 }
3448 
3449 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to
3450 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes.
3451 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks
3452 // compatibility.
3453 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being
3454 // targeted.
3455 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) {
3456   return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(19) ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber()
3457                                      : S->getMSLastManglingNumber();
3458 }
3459 
3460 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
3461   if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3462     return;
3463 
3464   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3465     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3466     // it is anonymous.
3467     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3468       return;
3469     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3470         Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3471     Context.setManglingNumber(
3472         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(
3473                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
3474     return;
3475   }
3476 
3477   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3478   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3479   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
3480           Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
3481     Context.setManglingNumber(
3482         Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
3483                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
3484   }
3485 }
3486 
3487 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
3488                                         TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
3489   // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
3490   // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
3491   if (TagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier())
3492     return;
3493   if (TagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3494     return;
3495 
3496   // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
3497   assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
3498 
3499   // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
3500   if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(),
3501                            Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec)))
3502     return;
3503 
3504   // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
3505   // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
3506   // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
3507   // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
3508   // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
3509   // for how to handle it.
3510   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
3511     Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
3512 
3513     SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart();
3514     tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc);
3515 
3516     llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
3517     textToInsert += ' ';
3518     textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName();
3519     Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
3520         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
3521     return;
3522   }
3523 
3524   // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
3525   TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
3526 }
3527 
3528 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3529 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3530 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3531 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3532                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3533                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3534                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3535   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
3536   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
3537   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3538       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3539       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3540       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3541       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3542     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3543 
3544     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3545       return nullptr;
3546 
3547     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3548     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3549     // it's a Type.
3550     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3551       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3552     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3553       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3554   }
3555 
3556   if (Tag) {
3557     handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
3558     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3559     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3560       return Tag;
3561   }
3562 
3563   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3564     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3565     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3566     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3567       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3568            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3569            << DS.getSourceRange();
3570   }
3571 
3572   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3573     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3574     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3575     if (Tag)
3576       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3577         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3578             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3579             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3580             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
3581     else
3582       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3583     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3584     return TagD;
3585   }
3586 
3587   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3588 
3589   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3590     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3591     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3592     if (TagD && !Tag)
3593       return nullptr;
3594     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3595   }
3596 
3597   const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3598   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3599     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3600   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3601       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3602     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3603     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3604     // or an explicit specialization.
3605     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3606     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3607       << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3608           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3609           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3610           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4)
3611       << SS.getRange();
3612     return nullptr;
3613   }
3614 
3615   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3616   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3617 
3618   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3619   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3620     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3621         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3622       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3623           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3624         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record,
3625                                            Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3626 
3627       DeclaresAnything = false;
3628     }
3629   }
3630 
3631   // C11 6.7.2.1p2:
3632   //   A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or
3633   //   anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list.
3634   //
3635   // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration
3636   // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list.
3637   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() &&
3638       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3639     // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member.
3640     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union:
3641     //   struct STRUCT;
3642     //   union UNION;
3643     // and
3644     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3645     //   UNION_TYPE;   <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union.
3646     if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) ||
3647         DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) {
3648       RecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
3649       if (Tag)
3650         Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3651       else if (const RecordType *RT =
3652                    DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType())
3653         Record = RT->getDecl();
3654       else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType())
3655         Record = UT->getDecl();
3656 
3657       if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3658         Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record)
3659           << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange();
3660         return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3661       }
3662 
3663       DeclaresAnything = false;
3664     }
3665   }
3666 
3667   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3668   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3669       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3670     return TagD;
3671 
3672   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3673       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3674     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3675       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3676           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3677         DeclaresAnything = false;
3678 
3679   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3680     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3681     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3682       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3683         << DS.getSourceRange();
3684     else
3685       DeclaresAnything = false;
3686   }
3687 
3688   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3689       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3690     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3691       << Tag->getTagKind()
3692       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3693 
3694   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3695 
3696   // C 6.7/2:
3697   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3698   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3699   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3700   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3701   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3702   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3703   //   previous declaration.
3704   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3705     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3706     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3707     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3708     return TagD;
3709   }
3710 
3711   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3712   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3713   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3714   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3715   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3716   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3717   //
3718   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3719   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3720   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3721     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3722 
3723   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3724   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3725   // useless.
3726   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
3727     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
3728       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
3729       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
3730       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3731     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3732       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3733         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3734   }
3735 
3736   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3737     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3738       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3739   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3740     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3741       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3742     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3743       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3744     // Restrict is covered above.
3745     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3746       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3747   }
3748 
3749   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3750   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3751   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3752   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3753     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3754     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3755         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3756         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3757         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3758         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3759       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
3760       while (attrs) {
3761         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3762         << attrs->getName()
3763         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3764             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3765             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
3766             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
3767         attrs = attrs->getNext();
3768       }
3769     }
3770   }
3771 
3772   return TagD;
3773 }
3774 
3775 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3776 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3777 ///
3778 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3779 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3780                                          Scope *S,
3781                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3782                                          DeclarationName Name,
3783                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3784                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3785   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3786                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3787   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3788 
3789   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3790     return false;
3791 
3792   // Pick a representative declaration.
3793   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3794   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3795 
3796   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3797     return false;
3798 
3799   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3800   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3801 
3802   return true;
3803 }
3804 
3805 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3806 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3807 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3808 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3809 /// struct, e.g.,
3810 ///
3811 /// @code
3812 /// union {
3813 ///   int i;
3814 ///   float f;
3815 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3816 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3817 /// @endcode
3818 ///
3819 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3820 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3821 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3822                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3823                                          RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3824                                          AccessSpecifier AS,
3825                                          SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining,
3826                                          bool MSAnonStruct) {
3827   unsigned diagKind
3828     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3829                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3830 
3831   bool Invalid = false;
3832 
3833   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3834   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
3835     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
3836         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
3837       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3838       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3839                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3840         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3841         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3842         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3843         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3844         Invalid = true;
3845       } else {
3846         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3847         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3848         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3849         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3850         //   anonymous union is declared.
3851         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3852         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3853           Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end());
3854         else
3855           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3856 
3857         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3858         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3859           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3860         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3861           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3862 
3863         IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create(
3864             SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(),
3865             VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3866 
3867         for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs())
3868           IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context));
3869 
3870         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3871         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3872         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3873 
3874         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3875         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3876 
3877         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3878       }
3879     }
3880   }
3881 
3882   return Invalid;
3883 }
3884 
3885 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3886 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3887 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3888 static StorageClass
3889 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3890   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3891   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3892          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3893   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3894   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3895   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3896     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3897       return SC_None;
3898     return SC_Extern;
3899   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3900   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3901   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3902   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3903     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3904   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3905   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3906   }
3907   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3908 }
3909 
3910 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
3911   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
3912 
3913   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
3914     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
3915     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
3916       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
3917     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
3918       return FD->getLocation();
3919   }
3920 
3921   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
3922 }
3923 
3924 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3925                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
3926   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3927     return;
3928 
3929   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
3930   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
3931 }
3932 
3933 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3934                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
3935   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3936     return;
3937 
3938   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
3939 }
3940 
3941 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
3942 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
3943 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
3944 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
3945 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3946                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
3947                                         RecordDecl *Record,
3948                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3949   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
3950 
3951   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
3952   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
3953     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
3954   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3955     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
3956   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
3957     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
3958 
3959   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
3960   // structs/unions.
3961   bool Invalid = false;
3962   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3963     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
3964     unsigned DiagID;
3965     if (Record->isUnion()) {
3966       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3967       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
3968       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
3969       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
3970           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
3971            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
3972             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
3973         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
3974           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
3975 
3976         // Recover by adding 'static'.
3977         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
3978                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
3979       }
3980       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3981       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
3982       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
3983       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
3984                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3985         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3986              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
3987           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3988 
3989         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
3990         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
3991                                SourceLocation(),
3992                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3993       }
3994     }
3995 
3996     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
3997     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3998       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3999         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4000           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
4001           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
4002       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
4003         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
4004              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4005           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
4006           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
4007       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
4008         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
4009              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4010           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
4011           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
4012       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
4013         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
4014              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4015           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
4016           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
4017 
4018       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
4019     }
4020 
4021     // C++ [class.union]p2:
4022     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
4023     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
4024     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
4025     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
4026       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
4027         // C++ [class.union]p3:
4028         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
4029         //   members (clause 11).
4030         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
4031         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
4032           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
4033             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
4034           Invalid = true;
4035         }
4036 
4037         // C++ [class.union]p1
4038         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
4039         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
4040         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
4041         //   array of such objects.
4042         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
4043           Invalid = true;
4044       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
4045         // Any implicit members are fine.
4046       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
4047         // This is a type that showed up in an
4048         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
4049         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
4050         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
4051       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
4052         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
4053             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
4054           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4055           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
4056             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4057               << (int)Record->isUnion();
4058           else {
4059             // This is a nested type declaration.
4060             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4061               << (int)Record->isUnion();
4062             Invalid = true;
4063           }
4064         } else {
4065           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
4066           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
4067           // not part of standard C++.
4068           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
4069                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
4070             << (int)Record->isUnion();
4071         }
4072       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
4073         // Any access specifier is fine.
4074       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
4075         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
4076       } else {
4077         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
4078         // member. Complain about it.
4079         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
4080         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
4081           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
4082         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
4083           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
4084         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
4085           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
4086 
4087         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4088         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
4089             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4090           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4091             << (int)Record->isUnion();
4092         else {
4093           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK)
4094               << (int)Record->isUnion();
4095           Invalid = true;
4096         }
4097       }
4098     }
4099 
4100     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
4101     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
4102     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
4103     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
4104         Owner->isRecord())
4105       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
4106                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
4107   }
4108 
4109   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
4110     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
4111       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
4112     Invalid = true;
4113   }
4114 
4115   // Mock up a declarator.
4116   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
4117   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4118   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
4119 
4120   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
4121   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
4122   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4123     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
4124                              DS.getLocStart(),
4125                              Record->getLocation(),
4126                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4127                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4128                              TInfo,
4129                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4130                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4131     Anon->setAccess(AS);
4132     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4133       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
4134   } else {
4135     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
4136     StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
4137     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4138       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4139       // an error here
4140       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4141       Invalid = true;
4142       SC = SC_None;
4143     }
4144 
4145     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
4146                            DS.getLocStart(),
4147                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4148                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4149                            TInfo, SC);
4150 
4151     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
4152     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
4153     // initializer:
4154     //   union { int n = 0; };
4155     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
4156   }
4157   Anon->setImplicit();
4158 
4159   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
4160   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
4161 
4162   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
4163   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
4164   // its members.
4165   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
4166 
4167   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
4168   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4169   // purposes.
4170   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4171   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4172 
4173   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
4174                                           Chain, false))
4175     Invalid = true;
4176 
4177   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
4178     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
4179       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
4180       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
4181               NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
4182         Context.setManglingNumber(
4183             NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
4184                        NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
4185         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
4186       }
4187     }
4188   }
4189 
4190   if (Invalid)
4191     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4192 
4193   return Anon;
4194 }
4195 
4196 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
4197 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
4198 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
4199 /// Example:
4200 ///
4201 /// struct A { int a; };
4202 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
4203 ///
4204 /// void foo() {
4205 ///   B var;
4206 ///   var.a = 3;
4207 /// }
4208 ///
4209 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4210                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
4211   assert(Record && "expected a record!");
4212 
4213   // Mock up a declarator.
4214   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
4215   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4216   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
4217 
4218   auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext);
4219   QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
4220 
4221   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
4222   NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
4223                              ParentDecl,
4224                              DS.getLocStart(),
4225                              DS.getLocStart(),
4226                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4227                              RecTy,
4228                              TInfo,
4229                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4230                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4231   Anon->setImplicit();
4232 
4233   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
4234   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
4235 
4236   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
4237   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4238   // purposes.
4239   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4240   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4241 
4242   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
4243   if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy,
4244                           diag::err_field_incomplete) ||
4245       InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef,
4246                                           AS_none, Chain, true)) {
4247     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4248     ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4249   }
4250 
4251   return Anon;
4252 }
4253 
4254 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
4255 /// given Declarator.
4256 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
4257   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
4258 }
4259 
4260 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
4261 DeclarationNameInfo
4262 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
4263   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
4264   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4265 
4266   switch (Name.getKind()) {
4267 
4268   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
4269   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
4270     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
4271     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4272     return NameInfo;
4273 
4274   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
4275     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
4276                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
4277     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4278     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
4279       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
4280     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
4281       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
4282     return NameInfo;
4283 
4284   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
4285     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
4286                                                            Name.Identifier));
4287     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4288     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
4289     return NameInfo;
4290 
4291   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
4292     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4293     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
4294     if (Ty.isNull())
4295       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4296     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
4297                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4298     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4299     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4300     return NameInfo;
4301   }
4302 
4303   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
4304     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4305     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
4306     if (Ty.isNull())
4307       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4308     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4309                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4310     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4311     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4312     return NameInfo;
4313   }
4314 
4315   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
4316     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
4317     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
4318     // to find the actual type being constructed.
4319     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
4320     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
4321       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4322 
4323     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
4324     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
4325 
4326     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
4327     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
4328     // was qualified.
4329 
4330     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4331                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
4332     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4333     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
4334     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
4335     return NameInfo;
4336   }
4337 
4338   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
4339     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4340     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
4341     if (Ty.isNull())
4342       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4343     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
4344                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4345     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4346     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4347     return NameInfo;
4348   }
4349 
4350   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
4351     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
4352     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
4353     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
4354   }
4355 
4356   } // switch (Name.getKind())
4357 
4358   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
4359 }
4360 
4361 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
4362   do {
4363     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
4364       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
4365     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
4366       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4367     else
4368       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
4369   } while (true);
4370 }
4371 
4372 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
4373 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
4374 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
4375 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
4376 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
4377 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
4378 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
4379 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
4380                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
4381                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
4382                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
4383   Params.clear();
4384   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
4385     return false;
4386   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
4387     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4388     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4389 
4390     // The parameter types are identical
4391     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
4392       continue;
4393 
4394     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
4395     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
4396     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4397     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4398 
4399     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4400         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4401       Params.push_back(Idx);
4402     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4403       return false;
4404   }
4405 
4406   return true;
4407 }
4408 
4409 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4410 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4411 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4412 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4413 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4414 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4415                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4416   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4417   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4418   //   - types which will become injected class names
4419   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4420   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4421   // few cases here.
4422 
4423   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4424   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4425   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4426   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4427   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4428   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4429     // Grab the type from the parser.
4430     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
4431     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4432     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4433 
4434     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4435     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4436     // attached already.
4437     if (!TSI)
4438       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4439 
4440     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4441     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4442     if (!TSI) return true;
4443 
4444     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4445     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4446     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4447     break;
4448   }
4449 
4450   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4451   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4452     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4453     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4454     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4455     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4456     break;
4457   }
4458 
4459   default:
4460     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4461     break;
4462   }
4463 
4464   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4465   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4466     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4467 
4468     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4469     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4470     // pointer.
4471     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4472       continue;
4473 
4474     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4475     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4476     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4477       return true;
4478   }
4479 
4480   return false;
4481 }
4482 
4483 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4484   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4485   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4486 
4487   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4488       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4489     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4490 
4491   return Dcl;
4492 }
4493 
4494 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4495 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4496 ///   name different from T:
4497 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4498 ///     - every member function of class T
4499 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4500 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4501 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4502                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4503   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4504 
4505   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
4506     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4507       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4508       return true;
4509     }
4510 
4511   return false;
4512 }
4513 
4514 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4515 /// nested-name-specifier.
4516 ///
4517 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4518 ///
4519 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4520 /// resolves.
4521 ///
4522 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4523 ///
4524 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4525 ///
4526 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4527 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4528                                         DeclarationName Name,
4529                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4530   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4531   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4532     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4533 
4534   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4535   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4536   //
4537   // class X {
4538   //   void X::f();
4539   // };
4540   //
4541   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4542   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4543   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4544     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4545       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4546                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4547         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4548       SS.clear();
4549     } else {
4550       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4551     }
4552     return false;
4553   }
4554 
4555   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4556   // declaration.
4557   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4558     if (Cur->isRecord())
4559       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4560         << Name << SS.getRange();
4561     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4562       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4563         << Name << SS.getRange();
4564     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4565       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4566         << Name << SS.getRange();
4567     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4568       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4569         << Name << SS.getRange();
4570     else
4571       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4572       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4573 
4574     return true;
4575   }
4576 
4577   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4578     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4579     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4580       << Name << SS.getRange();
4581     SS.clear();
4582 
4583     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4584     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4585     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4586     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4587          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4588         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4589                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4590       return true;
4591 
4592     return false;
4593   }
4594 
4595   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4596   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4597   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4598   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4599   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4600     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4601   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4602         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4603     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4604       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4605 
4606   return false;
4607 }
4608 
4609 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4610                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4611   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4612   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4613   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4614 
4615   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4616   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4617   if (!Name) {
4618     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4619       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4620            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4621         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4622     return nullptr;
4623   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4624     return nullptr;
4625 
4626   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4627   // we find one that is.
4628   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4629          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4630     S = S->getParent();
4631 
4632   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4633   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4634     D.setInvalidType();
4635   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4636     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4637                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4638       return nullptr;
4639 
4640     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4641     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4642     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
4643       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4644       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4645       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4646       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4647       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4648            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4649         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4650         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4651       return nullptr;
4652     }
4653     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4654 
4655     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4656         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4657       return nullptr;
4658 
4659     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4660       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4661            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4662         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4663       D.setInvalidType();
4664     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4665       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4666                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4667         if (DC->isRecord())
4668           return nullptr;
4669 
4670         D.setInvalidType();
4671       }
4672     }
4673 
4674     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4675     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4676     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4677         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4678       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4679       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4680         D.setInvalidType();
4681     }
4682   }
4683 
4684   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4685     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4686     // Just return early; it's safer.
4687     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4688       return nullptr;
4689 
4690   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4691   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4692 
4693   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4694                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4695     D.setInvalidType();
4696 
4697   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4698                         ForRedeclaration);
4699 
4700   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4701   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4702     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4703     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
4704 
4705     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4706     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4707     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4708     //
4709     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
4710     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
4711     // the same name.
4712     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4713       /* Do nothing*/;
4714     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4715              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
4716               R->isFunctionType())) {
4717       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4718       CreateBuiltins =
4719           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4720     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4721                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4722       CreateBuiltins = true;
4723 
4724     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4725       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4726 
4727     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
4728   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4729     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4730 
4731     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4732     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4733     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4734     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4735     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4736     //  thereof; [...]
4737     //
4738     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4739     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4740     // we want to match. For example, given:
4741     //
4742     //   class X {
4743     //     void f();
4744     //     void f(float);
4745     //   };
4746     //
4747     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4748     //
4749     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4750     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4751     // matches.
4752 
4753     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4754     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4755     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4756     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4757     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4758   }
4759 
4760   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4761       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4762     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4763     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4764       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4765                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4766 
4767     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4768     Previous.clear();
4769   }
4770 
4771   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4772   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4773   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4774   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4775   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4776       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4777     Previous.clear();
4778 
4779   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4780   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4781   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4782     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4783 
4784   NamedDecl *New;
4785 
4786   bool AddToScope = true;
4787   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4788     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4789       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4790       return nullptr;
4791     }
4792 
4793     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4794   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4795     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4796                                   TemplateParamLists,
4797                                   AddToScope);
4798   } else {
4799     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
4800                                   AddToScope);
4801   }
4802 
4803   if (!New)
4804     return nullptr;
4805 
4806   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4807   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4808   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4809        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) {
4810     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
4811     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
4812     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
4813     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
4814     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
4815     if (!AddToContext)
4816       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
4817   }
4818 
4819   return New;
4820 }
4821 
4822 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4823 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4824 /// GCC compatibility).
4825 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4826                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4827                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4828                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4829   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4830   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4831   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4832   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4833   SizeIsNegative = false;
4834   Oversized = 0;
4835 
4836   if (T->isDependentType())
4837     return QualType();
4838 
4839   QualifierCollector Qs;
4840   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4841 
4842   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4843     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4844     QualType FixedType =
4845         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4846                                             Oversized);
4847     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4848     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4849     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4850   }
4851   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4852     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4853     QualType FixedType =
4854         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4855                                             Oversized);
4856     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4857     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4858     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4859   }
4860 
4861   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4862   if (!VLATy)
4863     return QualType();
4864   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4865   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4866     return QualType();
4867 
4868   llvm::APSInt Res;
4869   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4870       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4871     return QualType();
4872 
4873   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4874   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4875     SizeIsNegative = true;
4876     return QualType();
4877   }
4878 
4879   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4880   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4881     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4882                                               Res);
4883   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
4884     Oversized = Res;
4885     return QualType();
4886   }
4887 
4888   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
4889                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
4890 }
4891 
4892 static void
4893 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
4894   SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
4895   DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
4896   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
4897     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
4898     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
4899                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
4900     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
4901     return;
4902   }
4903   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
4904     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
4905     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
4906                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
4907     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
4908     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
4909     return;
4910   }
4911   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4912   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4913   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
4914   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
4915   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
4916   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
4917   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
4918   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
4919 }
4920 
4921 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4922 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4923 /// GCC compatibility).
4924 static TypeSourceInfo*
4925 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4926                                               ASTContext &Context,
4927                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
4928                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4929   QualType FixedTy
4930     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
4931                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
4932   if (FixedTy.isNull())
4933     return nullptr;
4934   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
4935   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
4936                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
4937   return FixedTInfo;
4938 }
4939 
4940 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
4941 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
4942 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
4943 /// function-scope declarations.
4944 void
4945 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
4946   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4947       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
4948     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
4949     return;
4950 
4951   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
4952   Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND);
4953 }
4954 
4955 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
4956   // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)).
4957   auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name);
4958   return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin();
4959 }
4960 
4961 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
4962 /// does not identify a function.
4963 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4964   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
4965   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
4966   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4967     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
4968          diag::err_inline_non_function);
4969 
4970   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
4971     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4972          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
4973 
4974   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
4975     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4976          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
4977 
4978   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
4979     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
4980          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
4981 }
4982 
4983 NamedDecl*
4984 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
4985                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
4986   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4987   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4988     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
4989       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4990     D.setInvalidType();
4991     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
4992     DC = CurContext;
4993     Previous.clear();
4994   }
4995 
4996   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4997 
4998   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4999     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
5000       << 1;
5001 
5002   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
5003     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
5004       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
5005     return nullptr;
5006   }
5007 
5008   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
5009   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
5010 
5011   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5012   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
5013 
5014   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
5015 
5016   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
5017   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
5018   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
5019   return ND;
5020 }
5021 
5022 void
5023 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
5024   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
5025   // then it shall have block scope.
5026   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
5027   // that redeclarations will match.
5028   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5029   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5030   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
5031     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5032 
5033     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5034       bool SizeIsNegative;
5035       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5036       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5037         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5038                                                       SizeIsNegative,
5039                                                       Oversized);
5040       if (FixedTInfo) {
5041         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5042         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5043       } else {
5044         if (SizeIsNegative)
5045           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
5046         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
5047           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
5048         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
5049           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
5050             << Oversized.toString(10);
5051         else
5052           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5053         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
5054       }
5055     }
5056   }
5057 }
5058 
5059 
5060 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
5061 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
5062 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
5063 NamedDecl*
5064 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
5065                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
5066   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
5067   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
5068   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
5069                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
5070   filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous);
5071   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5072     Redeclaration = true;
5073     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
5074   }
5075 
5076   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
5077   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
5078     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5079         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5080       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
5081         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
5082       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
5083         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5084       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
5085         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5086       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
5087         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
5088     }
5089 
5090   return NewTD;
5091 }
5092 
5093 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
5094 /// previous declaration.
5095 ///
5096 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
5097 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
5098 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
5099 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
5100 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
5101 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
5102 ///
5103 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
5104 /// lookup
5105 ///
5106 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
5107 /// declared.
5108 ///
5109 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
5110 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
5111 static bool
5112 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
5113                                 ASTContext &Context) {
5114   if (!PrevDecl)
5115     return false;
5116 
5117   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
5118     return false;
5119 
5120   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5121     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
5122     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
5123     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
5124     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
5125     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
5126     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
5127     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
5128     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
5129       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
5130       return false;
5131 
5132     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
5133     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
5134       // We found a member function: ignore it.
5135       return false;
5136 
5137     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
5138     // previous declarations.
5139     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5140     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5141 
5142     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
5143     // isn't the same function.
5144     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
5145       return false;
5146   }
5147 
5148   return true;
5149 }
5150 
5151 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
5152   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
5153   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
5154   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
5155 }
5156 
5157 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
5158   QualType type = decl->getType();
5159   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
5160   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
5161     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
5162     unsigned kind = -1U;
5163     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5164       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5165         kind = 0; // __block
5166       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
5167         kind = 1; // global
5168     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
5169       kind = 3; // ivar
5170     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
5171       kind = 2; // field
5172     }
5173 
5174     if (kind != -1U) {
5175       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
5176         << kind;
5177     }
5178   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
5179     // Try to infer lifetime.
5180     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
5181       return false;
5182 
5183     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
5184     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
5185     decl->setType(type);
5186   }
5187 
5188   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5189     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
5190     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
5191         var->getTLSKind()) {
5192       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
5193         << var->getType();
5194       return true;
5195     }
5196   }
5197 
5198   return false;
5199 }
5200 
5201 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
5202   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
5203   // the wrong linkage.
5204   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
5205 
5206   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
5207   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
5208     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5209       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
5210       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
5211     }
5212   }
5213   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
5214     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5215       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
5216       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
5217       ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5218     }
5219   }
5220 
5221   if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) {
5222     if (VD->hasInit()) {
5223       if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
5224         assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
5225                !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!");
5226         S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD;
5227         VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5228       }
5229     }
5230   }
5231 
5232   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations.
5233   // It does not apply to functions.
5234   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
5235     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5236       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(),
5237              diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
5238       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
5239     }
5240   }
5241 
5242   // dll attributes require external linkage.
5243   if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) {
5244     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5245       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
5246         << &ND << Attr;
5247       ND.setInvalidDecl();
5248     }
5249   }
5250 }
5251 
5252 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
5253                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
5254                                            bool IsSpecialization) {
5255   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl))
5256     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5257   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl))
5258     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5259 
5260   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
5261     return;
5262 
5263   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5264   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5265   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5266   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5267 
5268   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
5269   // inherited attribute instances.
5270   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
5271                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
5272 
5273   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
5274   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
5275   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
5276   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
5277   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
5278 
5279   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
5280     // If the declaration hasn't been used yet, allow with a warning for
5281     // free functions and global variables.
5282     bool JustWarn = false;
5283     if (!OldDecl->isUsed() && !OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) {
5284       auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl);
5285       if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
5286         JustWarn = true;
5287       auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
5288       if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate)
5289         JustWarn = true;
5290     }
5291 
5292     unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration
5293                                : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration;
5294     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID)
5295         << NewDecl
5296         << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
5297     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5298     if (!JustWarn) {
5299       NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5300       return;
5301     }
5302   }
5303 
5304   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
5305   // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations,
5306   // and qualified friend declarations.
5307   // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport.
5308   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
5309   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl))
5310     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
5311     // separately.
5312     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
5313   else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5314     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
5315     IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
5316                         FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
5317   }
5318 
5319   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember &&
5320       !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
5321     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5322            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
5323       << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5324     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5325     S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
5326     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5327     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5328   } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr &&
5329              !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
5330     // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute.
5331     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5332     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5333     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5334            diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function)
5335         << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5336   }
5337 }
5338 
5339 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
5340 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
5341 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
5342 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
5343   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
5344 
5345   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
5346   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
5347 
5348   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
5349   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
5350     return false;
5351 
5352   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
5353 
5354 #ifndef NDEBUG
5355   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
5356   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
5357   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
5358   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
5359   FD->setLazyBody(1);
5360 #endif
5361 
5362   bool isC99Inline =
5363       S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
5364 
5365 #ifndef NDEBUG
5366   FD->setLazyBody(0);
5367 #endif
5368 
5369   return isC99Inline;
5370 }
5371 
5372 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
5373 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
5374 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
5375 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
5376 ///
5377 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
5378 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
5379 ///
5380 /// For instance:
5381 ///
5382 ///   auto x = []{};
5383 ///
5384 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
5385 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
5386 ///
5387 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
5388 template<typename T>
5389 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
5390   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5391     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
5392     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
5393       return false;
5394   }
5395   return D->isExternC();
5396 }
5397 
5398 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
5399   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5400   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5401     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
5402   if (DC->isFileContext())
5403     return true;
5404   if (DC->isRecord())
5405     return false;
5406   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5407 }
5408 
5409 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5410   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5411   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5412     return true;
5413   if (DC->isRecord())
5414     return false;
5415   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5416 }
5417 
5418 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList,
5419                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5420   for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext())
5421     if (L->getKind() == Kind)
5422       return true;
5423   return false;
5424 }
5425 
5426 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
5427                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5428   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
5429   if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind))
5430     return true;
5431 
5432   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
5433   // position to the decl itself.
5434   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5435     if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind))
5436       return true;
5437   }
5438 
5439   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
5440   return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind);
5441 }
5442 
5443 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
5444 /// function-local external declaration.
5445 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
5446   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5447     return false;
5448 
5449   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
5450   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
5451   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
5452   if (DC->isDependentContext())
5453     return true;
5454 
5455   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
5456   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
5457   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
5458   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
5459   //
5460   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
5461   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
5462   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
5463     DC = DC->getParent();
5464   return true;
5465 }
5466 
5467 NamedDecl *
5468 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5469                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5470                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5471                               bool &AddToScope) {
5472   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5473   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
5474 
5475   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
5476   StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
5477 
5478   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
5479   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
5480   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
5481       hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) &&
5482       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport))
5483     SC = SC_Extern;
5484 
5485   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
5486   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
5487                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
5488 
5489   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5490     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
5491     QualType NR = R;
5492     while (NR->isPointerType()) {
5493       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
5494         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable);
5495         D.setInvalidType();
5496         break;
5497       }
5498       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
5499     }
5500 
5501     if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
5502       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
5503       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
5504       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
5505         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
5506         D.setInvalidType();
5507       }
5508     }
5509   }
5510 
5511   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5512     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5513     // an error here
5514     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5515     D.setInvalidType();
5516     SC = SC_None;
5517   }
5518 
5519   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
5520       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
5521                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
5522     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
5523     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
5524     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
5525     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5526          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
5527       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5528   }
5529 
5530   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5531   if (!II) {
5532     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
5533       << Name;
5534     return nullptr;
5535   }
5536 
5537   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5538 
5539   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5540     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
5541     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
5542     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
5543     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
5544       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
5545       D.setInvalidType();
5546     }
5547   }
5548 
5549   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5550     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
5551     // OpenCL __local address space.
5552     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
5553       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
5554     }
5555 
5556     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
5557     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
5558     // space qualifiers.
5559     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
5560       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
5561       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
5562     }
5563 
5564     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
5565     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5566     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
5567     // address space qualifiers.
5568     if (R->isEventT()) {
5569       if (S->getParent() == nullptr) {
5570         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
5571         D.setInvalidType();
5572       }
5573 
5574       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
5575         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
5576         D.setInvalidType();
5577       }
5578     }
5579   }
5580 
5581   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
5582   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
5583   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
5584   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
5585   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
5586   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
5587   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
5588   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5589     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5590                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
5591                             R, TInfo, SC);
5592 
5593     if (D.isInvalidType())
5594       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5595   } else {
5596     bool Invalid = false;
5597 
5598     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5599       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
5600       switch (SC) {
5601       case SC_None:
5602         break;
5603       case SC_Static:
5604         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5605              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5606           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5607         break;
5608       case SC_Auto:
5609       case SC_Register:
5610       case SC_Extern:
5611         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
5612         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
5613         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
5614         // of class members
5615 
5616         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5617              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
5618           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5619         break;
5620       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5621         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
5622       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5623         llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!");
5624       }
5625     }
5626 
5627     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
5628       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
5629         if (RD->isLocalClass())
5630           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5631                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
5632             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
5633 
5634         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
5635         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
5636         if (RD->isUnion())
5637           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5638                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5639                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
5640                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
5641         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
5642         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
5643           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5644                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
5645             << Name << RD->isUnion();
5646       }
5647     }
5648 
5649     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5650     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5651     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5652         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5653         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5654         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
5655             ? D.getName().TemplateId
5656             : nullptr,
5657         TemplateParamLists,
5658         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
5659 
5660     if (TemplateParams) {
5661       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
5662           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5663         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
5664         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
5665         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5666              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
5667           << II
5668           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5669                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
5670         TemplateParams = nullptr;
5671       } else {
5672         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5673           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
5674           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
5675           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5676           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
5677         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
5678           // This is a template declaration.
5679           IsVariableTemplate = true;
5680 
5681           // Check that we can declare a template here.
5682           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5683             return nullptr;
5684 
5685           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
5686           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5687                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14
5688                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
5689                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
5690         }
5691       }
5692     } else {
5693       assert(
5694           (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) &&
5695           "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
5696     }
5697 
5698     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5699       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
5700           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
5701               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
5702               : SourceLocation();
5703       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5704           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
5705           IsPartialSpecialization);
5706       if (Res.isInvalid())
5707         return nullptr;
5708       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
5709       AddToScope = false;
5710     } else
5711       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5712                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
5713 
5714     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
5715     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
5716       NewTemplate =
5717           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
5718                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
5719       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
5720     }
5721 
5722     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
5723     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
5724     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5725       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5726 
5727     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
5728       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5729       if (NewTemplate)
5730         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5731     }
5732 
5733     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
5734 
5735     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
5736     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
5737     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
5738     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
5739       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
5740           Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists,
5741           TemplateParamLists.data());
5742 
5743     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5744       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
5745   }
5746 
5747   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
5748   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5749   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5750   if (NewTemplate)
5751     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5752 
5753   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
5754     NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
5755 
5756   bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false;
5757   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
5758     // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
5759     //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
5760     //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
5761     //   explicitly.
5762     // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
5763     //   'extern'.
5764     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
5765         (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified ||
5766          TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local ||
5767          !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()))
5768       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5769            diag::err_thread_non_global)
5770         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5771     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) {
5772       if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5773         // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to
5774         // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the
5775         // error should be ignored.
5776         EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true;
5777         // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with
5778         // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going
5779         // to emit any code for it.
5780         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5781       } else
5782         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5783              diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5784     } else
5785       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5786   }
5787 
5788   // C99 6.7.4p3
5789   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
5790   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
5791   //   thread storage duration...
5792   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
5793   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
5794   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
5795   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
5796   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
5797   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5798       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
5799     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
5800     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
5801       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5802            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
5803       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
5804     }
5805   }
5806 
5807   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5808     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5809       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5810           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
5811           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5812                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5813     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
5814       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5815         << 2
5816         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5817     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
5818       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
5819         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
5820         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
5821         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5822     else {
5823       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
5824       if (NewTemplate)
5825         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5826     }
5827   }
5828 
5829   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5830   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
5831 
5832   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5833     if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD))
5834       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5835            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5836     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
5837     // storage [duration]."
5838     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5839         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
5840          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
5841       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
5842     }
5843   }
5844 
5845   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
5846   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
5847   // check the VarDecl itself.
5848   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
5849          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
5850          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
5851 
5852   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
5853   // retainable type.
5854   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
5855     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5856 
5857   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5858   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
5859     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5860     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5861     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
5862     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
5863       switch (SC) {
5864       case SC_None:
5865       case SC_Auto:
5866         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
5867         break;
5868       case SC_Register:
5869         // Local Named register
5870         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5871           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5872         break;
5873       case SC_Static:
5874       case SC_Extern:
5875       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5876       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5877         break;
5878       }
5879     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
5880       // Global Named register
5881       if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5882         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5883       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
5884         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
5885         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
5886       }
5887     }
5888 
5889     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
5890                                                 Context, Label, 0));
5891   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5892     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5893       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
5894     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5895       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
5896       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5897     }
5898   }
5899 
5900   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
5901   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty())
5902     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
5903 
5904   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
5905   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
5906   // declaration has linkage).
5907   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
5908                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
5909                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
5910                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
5911 
5912   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
5913   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
5914   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5915       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
5916     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
5917         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
5918         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
5919 
5920   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5921     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5922   } else {
5923     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
5924     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5925         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
5926       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5927 
5928     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
5929     if (!Previous.empty()) {
5930       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5931           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
5932           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5933         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
5934         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5935         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
5936           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5937         Previous.clear();
5938         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5939       }
5940     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5941       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
5942       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
5943         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
5944         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5945       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5946     }
5947 
5948     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5949       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5950 
5951     if (NewTemplate) {
5952       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
5953           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
5954               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
5955               : nullptr;
5956 
5957       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
5958       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
5959       // template declaration.
5960       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
5961               TemplateParams,
5962               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
5963                               : nullptr,
5964               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5965                DC->isDependentContext())
5966                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5967                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
5968         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5969 
5970       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
5971       // template, make a note of that.
5972       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
5973           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
5974         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
5975     }
5976   }
5977 
5978   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
5979 
5980   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
5981   // the map of such variables.
5982   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5983       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
5984     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
5985 
5986   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5987     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
5988     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
5989             NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
5990       Context.setManglingNumber(
5991           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
5992                      NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
5993       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
5994     }
5995   }
5996 
5997   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
5998     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
5999         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD,
6000         IsExplicitSpecialization);
6001   }
6002 
6003   if (NewTemplate) {
6004     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6005       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6006     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
6007     return NewTemplate;
6008   }
6009 
6010   return NewVD;
6011 }
6012 
6013 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
6014 /// -Wshadow.
6015 ///
6016 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
6017 /// scope.
6018 ///
6019 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
6020 /// \param R the lookup of the name
6021 ///
6022 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
6023   // Return if warning is ignored.
6024   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()))
6025     return;
6026 
6027   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
6028   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
6029     return;
6030 
6031   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
6032 
6033   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
6034   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
6035     return;
6036 
6037   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
6038   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6039     return;
6040 
6041   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
6042   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6043     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
6044       if (MD->isStatic())
6045         return;
6046 
6047   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6048     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
6049       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
6050       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
6051       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
6052         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
6053           ShadowedDecl = I;
6054           break;
6055         }
6056     }
6057 
6058   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
6059 
6060   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
6061   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
6062     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
6063     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
6064       return;
6065 
6066     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
6067     // static data members from base classes?
6068 
6069     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
6070     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
6071     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
6072   }
6073 
6074   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
6075   unsigned Kind;
6076   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
6077     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6078       Kind = 3; // field
6079     else
6080       Kind = 2; // static data member
6081   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
6082     Kind = 1; // global
6083   else
6084     Kind = 0; // local
6085 
6086   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
6087 
6088   // Emit warning and note.
6089   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
6090     return;
6091   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
6092   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6093 }
6094 
6095 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
6096 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
6097   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
6098     return;
6099 
6100   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
6101                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6102   LookupName(R, S);
6103   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
6104 }
6105 
6106 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
6107 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
6108 template<typename T>
6109 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
6110     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
6111   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
6112   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
6113 
6114   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
6115     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
6116     // declaration.
6117     return false;
6118   }
6119 
6120   if (Prev) {
6121     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
6122       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
6123       // redeclaration.
6124       Previous.clear();
6125       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6126       return true;
6127     }
6128 
6129     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
6130     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
6131     // declaration.
6132     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
6133       return false;
6134   } else {
6135     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
6136     // translation unit which might conflict.
6137     if (IsGlobal) {
6138       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
6139       IsGlobal = false;
6140       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6141            I != E; ++I) {
6142         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
6143           Prev = *I;
6144           break;
6145         }
6146       }
6147     } else {
6148       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
6149           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
6150       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
6151            I != E; ++I) {
6152         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
6153           Prev = *I;
6154           break;
6155         }
6156         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
6157         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
6158         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
6159         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
6160         // diagnostic.
6161       }
6162     }
6163 
6164     if (!Prev)
6165       return false;
6166   }
6167 
6168   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
6169   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
6170   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
6171   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
6172     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
6173   else
6174     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
6175 
6176   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
6177     << IsGlobal << ND;
6178   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
6179     << IsGlobal;
6180   return false;
6181 }
6182 
6183 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
6184 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
6185 ///
6186 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
6187 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
6188 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
6189 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
6190 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
6191 template<typename T>
6192 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
6193                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
6194   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6195     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
6196     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
6197     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
6198     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
6199       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
6200         Previous.clear();
6201         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6202         return true;
6203       }
6204     }
6205     return false;
6206   }
6207 
6208   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
6209   // declaration.
6210   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
6211     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
6212 
6213   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
6214   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
6215   // in another scope.
6216   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
6217     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
6218 
6219   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
6220   return false;
6221 }
6222 
6223 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
6224   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6225   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6226     return;
6227 
6228   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
6229   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
6230 
6231   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
6232   if (T->isUndeducedType())
6233     return;
6234 
6235   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
6236     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
6237 
6238   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
6239     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
6240       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
6241     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
6242     NewVD->setType(T);
6243   }
6244 
6245   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
6246   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
6247   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
6248   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
6249   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
6250     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
6251     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6252     return;
6253   }
6254 
6255   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
6256   // __constant address space.
6257   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
6258       && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
6259       && !T->isSamplerT()){
6260     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
6261     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6262     return;
6263   }
6264 
6265   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
6266   // scope.
6267   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
6268       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6269     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
6270     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6271     return;
6272   }
6273 
6274   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
6275       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6276     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
6277       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
6278     else {
6279       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
6280       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
6281     }
6282   }
6283 
6284   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
6285   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
6286       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6287     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6288 
6289   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
6290       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
6291     bool SizeIsNegative;
6292     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
6293     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
6294       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
6295                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6296     if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
6297       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
6298       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
6299       // int a[10][n];
6300       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
6301 
6302       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6303         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
6304         << SizeRange;
6305       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
6306         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
6307         << SizeRange;
6308       else
6309         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
6310         << SizeRange;
6311       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6312       return;
6313     }
6314 
6315     if (!FixedTInfo) {
6316       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6317         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
6318       else
6319         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
6320       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6321       return;
6322     }
6323 
6324     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
6325     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
6326     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
6327   }
6328 
6329   if (T->isVoidType()) {
6330     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
6331     //                    of objects and functions.
6332     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6333       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
6334         << T;
6335       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6336       return;
6337     }
6338   }
6339 
6340   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6341     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
6342     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6343     return;
6344   }
6345 
6346   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6347     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
6348     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6349     return;
6350   }
6351 
6352   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
6353       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
6354                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
6355     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6356     return;
6357   }
6358 }
6359 
6360 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
6361 /// declaration.
6362 ///
6363 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
6364 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
6365 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
6366 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
6367 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
6368 ///
6369 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
6370 ///
6371 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
6372 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
6373   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
6374 
6375   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6376   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6377     return false;
6378 
6379   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
6380   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
6381   if (Previous.empty() &&
6382       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
6383     Previous.setShadowed();
6384 
6385   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
6386   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous);
6387 
6388   if (!Previous.empty()) {
6389     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
6390     return true;
6391   }
6392   return false;
6393 }
6394 
6395 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
6396 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
6397   Sema *S;
6398   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
6399 };
6400 
6401 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
6402 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
6403 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
6404 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
6405                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
6406                                  void *UserData) {
6407   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6408 
6409   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
6410     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
6411 
6412   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
6413 
6414   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
6415   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6416     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
6417     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
6418     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
6419 
6420     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
6421   }
6422 
6423   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
6424        !Path.Decls.empty();
6425        Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
6426     NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
6427     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6428       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
6429         return true;
6430     }
6431   }
6432 
6433   return false;
6434 }
6435 
6436 namespace {
6437   enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
6438 }
6439 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
6440 /// overriden methods.
6441 ///
6442 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
6443 /// \param MD the overriding method.
6444 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
6445 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
6446                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
6447   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
6448   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
6449                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
6450        I != E; ++I) {
6451     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
6452     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
6453     // out the diag loop 3 times.
6454     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
6455         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
6456         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
6457       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
6458   }
6459 }
6460 
6461 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
6462 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
6463 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
6464   // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override.
6465   CXXBasePaths Paths;
6466   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
6467   Data.Method = MD;
6468   Data.S = this;
6469   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6470   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6471   bool AddedAny = false;
6472   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
6473     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
6474       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
6475         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
6476         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
6477             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
6478             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
6479             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
6480           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
6481           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
6482           AddedAny = true;
6483         }
6484       }
6485     }
6486   }
6487 
6488   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
6489     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
6490   }
6491   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
6492     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
6493   }
6494 
6495   return AddedAny;
6496 }
6497 
6498 namespace {
6499   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
6500   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
6501   struct ActOnFDArgs {
6502     Scope *S;
6503     Declarator &D;
6504     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
6505     bool AddToScope;
6506   };
6507 }
6508 
6509 namespace {
6510 
6511 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
6512 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
6513 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
6514  public:
6515   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
6516                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
6517       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
6518         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
6519 
6520   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
6521     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
6522       return false;
6523 
6524     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6525     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
6526                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
6527          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6528       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6529 
6530       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6531           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6532         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6533           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
6534           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
6535             return true;
6536         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
6537           return true;
6538         }
6539       }
6540     }
6541 
6542     return false;
6543   }
6544 
6545  private:
6546   ASTContext &Context;
6547   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
6548   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
6549 };
6550 
6551 }
6552 
6553 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
6554 ///
6555 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
6556 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
6557 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
6558 /// the same name.
6559 ///
6560 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
6561 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
6562 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
6563     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6564     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
6565   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
6566   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
6567   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6568   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
6569   TypoCorrection Correction;
6570   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
6571   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
6572                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
6573   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
6574                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
6575                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6576                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6577 
6578   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6579   if (IsLocalFriend)
6580     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
6581   else
6582     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
6583   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
6584          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
6585   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6586   if (!Prev.empty()) {
6587     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
6588          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
6589       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
6590       if (FD &&
6591           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6592         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
6593         // involve a parameter
6594         unsigned ParamNum =
6595             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
6596         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
6597       }
6598     }
6599   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
6600   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
6601                   Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
6602                   &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6603                   llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(
6604                       SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr),
6605                   Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
6606     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
6607     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
6608                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6609     Previous.clear();
6610     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
6611     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
6612                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
6613          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6614       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6615       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6616           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6617         Previous.addDecl(FD);
6618       }
6619     }
6620     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
6621 
6622     NamedDecl *Result;
6623     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
6624     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
6625     {
6626       // Trap errors.
6627       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6628 
6629       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
6630       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
6631       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
6632       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
6633           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
6634           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
6635           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
6636           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
6637 
6638       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
6639         Result = nullptr;
6640     }
6641 
6642     if (Result) {
6643       // Determine which correction we picked.
6644       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
6645       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6646            I != E; ++I)
6647         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
6648           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
6649 
6650       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
6651           Correction,
6652           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
6653                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
6654                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
6655             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
6656       return Result;
6657     }
6658 
6659     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
6660     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
6661                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6662     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
6663     Previous.clear();
6664     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
6665   }
6666 
6667   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
6668       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
6669 
6670   bool NewFDisConst = false;
6671   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6672     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
6673 
6674   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
6675        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
6676        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
6677     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
6678     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6679     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
6680     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
6681 
6682     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
6683     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
6684       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
6685       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
6686       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
6687       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
6688                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
6689         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
6690         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
6691     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
6692       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
6693           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6694     } else
6695       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6696                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
6697                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
6698   }
6699   return nullptr;
6700 }
6701 
6702 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) {
6703   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
6704   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
6705   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
6706   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
6707   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
6708     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6709                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
6710     D.setInvalidType();
6711     break;
6712   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
6713   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
6714     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
6715       return SC_None;
6716     return SC_Extern;
6717   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
6718     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6719       // C99 6.7.1p5:
6720       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
6721       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
6722       //   other than extern
6723       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
6724       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6725                    diag::err_static_block_func);
6726       break;
6727     } else
6728       return SC_Static;
6729   }
6730   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
6731   }
6732 
6733   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
6734   return SC_None;
6735 }
6736 
6737 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
6738                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
6739                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6740                                            StorageClass SC,
6741                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
6742   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6743   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6744 
6745   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
6746   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6747 
6748   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6749     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6750     // prototype. This true when:
6751     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
6752     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
6753     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
6754     bool HasPrototype =
6755       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
6756       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
6757 
6758     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6759                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6760                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
6761                                  HasPrototype, false);
6762     if (D.isInvalidType())
6763       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6764 
6765     return NewFD;
6766   }
6767 
6768   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6769   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6770 
6771   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
6772   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6773   // the class has been completely parsed.
6774   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
6775       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
6776           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
6777           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
6778     D.setInvalidType();
6779 
6780   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
6781     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
6782     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
6783            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
6784 
6785     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6786     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6787                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6788                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
6789                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
6790                                       isConstexpr);
6791 
6792   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6793     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
6794     if (DC->isRecord()) {
6795       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6796       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
6797       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
6798                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
6799                                         D.getLocStart(),
6800                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
6801                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
6802 
6803       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
6804       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
6805       // it yet.
6806       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
6807           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
6808           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
6809         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
6810       }
6811 
6812       IsVirtualOkay = true;
6813       return NewDD;
6814 
6815     } else {
6816       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
6817       D.setInvalidType();
6818 
6819       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
6820       // code path.
6821       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6822                                   D.getLocStart(),
6823                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
6824                                   SC, isInline,
6825                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
6826     }
6827 
6828   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
6829     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
6830       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6831            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
6832       return nullptr;
6833     }
6834 
6835     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6836     IsVirtualOkay = true;
6837     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6838                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6839                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
6840                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6841 
6842   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
6843     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
6844     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
6845     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
6846     // constructor if it has no return type).
6847     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
6848         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
6849       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
6850         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
6851         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6852       return nullptr;
6853     }
6854 
6855     // This is a C++ method declaration.
6856     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
6857                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6858                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6859                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
6860                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6861     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
6862     return Ret;
6863   } else {
6864     bool isFriend =
6865         SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
6866     if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord())
6867       return nullptr;
6868 
6869     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6870     // prototype. This true when:
6871     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
6872     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6873                                 D.getLocStart(),
6874                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
6875                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
6876   }
6877 }
6878 
6879 enum OpenCLParamType {
6880   ValidKernelParam,
6881   PtrPtrKernelParam,
6882   PtrKernelParam,
6883   PrivatePtrKernelParam,
6884   InvalidKernelParam,
6885   RecordKernelParam
6886 };
6887 
6888 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) {
6889   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
6890     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
6891     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
6892       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
6893     return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam
6894                                               : PtrKernelParam;
6895   }
6896 
6897   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
6898   // be used as builtin types.
6899 
6900   if (PT->isImageType())
6901     return PtrKernelParam;
6902 
6903   if (PT->isBooleanType())
6904     return InvalidKernelParam;
6905 
6906   if (PT->isEventT())
6907     return InvalidKernelParam;
6908 
6909   if (PT->isHalfType())
6910     return InvalidKernelParam;
6911 
6912   if (PT->isRecordType())
6913     return RecordKernelParam;
6914 
6915   return ValidKernelParam;
6916 }
6917 
6918 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
6919   Sema &S,
6920   Declarator &D,
6921   ParmVarDecl *Param,
6922   llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) {
6923   QualType PT = Param->getType();
6924 
6925   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
6926   // used again
6927   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
6928     return;
6929 
6930   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) {
6931   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
6932     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6933     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6934     // pointer to a pointer type.
6935     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
6936     D.setInvalidType();
6937     return;
6938 
6939   case PrivatePtrKernelParam:
6940     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6941     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6942     // pointer to the private address space.
6943     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param);
6944     D.setInvalidType();
6945     return;
6946 
6947     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
6948     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
6949     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
6950     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
6951     // one of these built-in scalar types.
6952 
6953   case InvalidKernelParam:
6954     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
6955     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
6956     // of event_t type.
6957     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6958     D.setInvalidType();
6959     return;
6960 
6961   case PtrKernelParam:
6962   case ValidKernelParam:
6963     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
6964     return;
6965 
6966   case RecordKernelParam:
6967     break;
6968   }
6969 
6970   // Track nested structs we will inspect
6971   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
6972 
6973   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
6974   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
6975   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
6976   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
6977 
6978   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6979   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
6980 
6981   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
6982 
6983   do {
6984     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
6985     if (!Next) {
6986       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
6987       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
6988       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
6989         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
6990 
6991       continue;
6992     }
6993 
6994     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
6995     // field itself) to the history stack.
6996     const RecordDecl *RD;
6997     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
6998       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
6999       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7000     } else {
7001       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
7002     }
7003 
7004     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
7005     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
7006 
7007     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
7008       QualType QT = FD->getType();
7009 
7010       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
7011         continue;
7012 
7013       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT);
7014       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
7015         continue;
7016 
7017       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
7018         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
7019         continue;
7020       }
7021 
7022       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
7023       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
7024       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
7025       // union.
7026       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
7027           ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) {
7028         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
7029                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
7030           << PT->isUnionType()
7031           << PT;
7032       } else {
7033         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
7034       }
7035 
7036       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
7037         << PD->getDeclName();
7038 
7039       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
7040       // the offending field came from
7041       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator
7042                I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
7043                E = HistoryStack.end();
7044            I != E; ++I) {
7045         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
7046         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
7047           << OuterField->getType();
7048       }
7049 
7050       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
7051         << QT->isPointerType()
7052         << QT;
7053       D.setInvalidType();
7054       return;
7055     }
7056   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
7057 }
7058 
7059 NamedDecl*
7060 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
7061                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
7062                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
7063                               bool &AddToScope) {
7064   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
7065 
7066   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
7067 
7068   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
7069   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
7070   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
7071   StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
7072 
7073   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
7074     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7075          diag::err_invalid_thread)
7076       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
7077 
7078   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
7079     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember());
7080 
7081   bool isFriend = false;
7082   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
7083   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7084   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
7085 
7086   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
7087   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7088   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
7089 
7090   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
7091 
7092   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
7093   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
7094 
7095   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
7096                                               isVirtualOkay);
7097   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
7098 
7099   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
7100     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
7101 
7102   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
7103   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
7104   // context will be different from the semantic context.
7105   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7106 
7107   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
7108     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
7109 
7110   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7111     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
7112     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
7113     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
7114     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
7115     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
7116     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7117       // C++ [class.friend]p5
7118       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
7119       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
7120       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7121     }
7122 
7123     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
7124     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
7125     // return true).
7126     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
7127           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
7128       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
7129         NewFD->setPure(true);
7130     }
7131 
7132     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
7133     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7134     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
7135     if (D.isInvalidType())
7136       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7137 
7138     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
7139     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
7140     bool Invalid = false;
7141     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
7142             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
7143                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7144                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
7145                 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
7146                     ? D.getName().TemplateId
7147                     : nullptr,
7148                 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization,
7149                 Invalid)) {
7150       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
7151         // This is a function template
7152 
7153         // Check that we can declare a template here.
7154         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
7155           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7156 
7157         // A destructor cannot be a template.
7158         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7159           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
7160           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7161         }
7162 
7163         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
7164         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
7165         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
7166         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
7167           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
7168           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
7169             Invalid = true;
7170         }
7171 
7172 
7173         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
7174                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
7175                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
7176                                                         NewFD);
7177         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7178         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
7179 
7180         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
7181         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
7182           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7183                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
7184                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
7185         }
7186       } else {
7187         // This is a function template specialization.
7188         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7189         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7190         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7191           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7192                                                TemplateParamLists.size(),
7193                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
7194 
7195         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
7196         if (isFriend) {
7197           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
7198           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
7199 
7200           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
7201           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
7202           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
7203           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
7204           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
7205           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
7206           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7207             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
7208             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
7209           }
7210 
7211           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
7212             << Name << RemoveRange
7213             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
7214             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
7215         }
7216       }
7217     }
7218     else {
7219       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
7220       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
7221       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7222         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7223         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7224                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
7225                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
7226     }
7227 
7228     if (Invalid) {
7229       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7230       if (FunctionTemplate)
7231         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7232     }
7233 
7234     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
7235     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
7236     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
7237     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
7238     //
7239     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7240       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
7241         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7242              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
7243       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7244         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
7245         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7246              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
7247           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7248       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7249         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
7250         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
7251         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7252              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
7253           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7254       } else {
7255         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
7256         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
7257       }
7258 
7259       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7260           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
7261         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
7262     }
7263 
7264     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7265         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
7266          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
7267         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
7268       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
7269       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
7270       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
7271       // thing to do.
7272       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
7273       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
7274       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7275           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7276       QualType Result =
7277           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
7278       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
7279                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
7280     }
7281 
7282     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
7283     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
7284     //  declaration.
7285     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7286       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7287         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
7288         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7289              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
7290           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
7291       }
7292     }
7293 
7294     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
7295     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
7296     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
7297     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
7298     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7299       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7300         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
7301         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7302              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
7303           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7304       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
7305                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7306         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
7307         // or conversion function.
7308         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7309              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
7310           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7311       }
7312     }
7313 
7314     if (isConstexpr) {
7315       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
7316       // are implicitly inline.
7317       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7318 
7319       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
7320       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
7321       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
7322       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
7323         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
7324     }
7325 
7326     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
7327     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
7328       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7329         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
7330           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
7331         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7332           << 0
7333           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
7334       } else {
7335         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
7336         if (FunctionTemplate)
7337           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
7338       }
7339     }
7340 
7341     if (isFriend) {
7342       if (FunctionTemplate) {
7343         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7344         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
7345       }
7346       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7347       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7348     }
7349 
7350     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
7351     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
7352     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
7353     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
7354       case FDK_Declaration:
7355       case FDK_Definition:
7356         break;
7357 
7358       case FDK_Defaulted:
7359         NewFD->setDefaulted();
7360         break;
7361 
7362       case FDK_Deleted:
7363         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
7364         break;
7365     }
7366 
7367     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
7368         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7369       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
7370       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
7371       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
7372       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7373     }
7374 
7375     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
7376         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
7377       // C++ [class.static]p1:
7378       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
7379       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
7380       //   the class.
7381 
7382       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
7383       // member function definition.
7384       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7385            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
7386         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7387     }
7388 
7389     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
7390     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
7391     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
7392     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7393     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
7394          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
7395         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
7396       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
7397           FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
7398           FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
7399   }
7400 
7401   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
7402   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
7403                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
7404                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
7405                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7406 
7407   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
7408   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
7409     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
7410     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
7411     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
7412                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
7413   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
7414     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
7415       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
7416     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
7417       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
7418       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
7419     }
7420   }
7421 
7422   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
7423   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
7424   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
7425   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
7426     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
7427 
7428     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
7429     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
7430     // single void argument.
7431     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
7432     // already checks for that case.
7433     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
7434       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
7435         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
7436         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
7437         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
7438         Params.push_back(Param);
7439 
7440         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
7441           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7442       }
7443     }
7444 
7445   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7446     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
7447     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
7448     // parameters for use in the declaration.
7449     //
7450     // @code
7451     // typedef void fn(int);
7452     // fn f;
7453     // @endcode
7454 
7455     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
7456     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
7457       ParmVarDecl *Param =
7458           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
7459       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
7460       Params.push_back(Param);
7461     }
7462   } else {
7463     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
7464            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
7465   }
7466 
7467   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
7468   NewFD->setParams(Params);
7469 
7470   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
7471   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
7472   //
7473   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
7474   //
7475   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
7476   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
7477   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
7478 
7479   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
7480     NewFD->addAttr(
7481         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
7482                                        Context, 0));
7483 
7484   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
7485   // because all functions have linkage.
7486   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7487       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
7488     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
7489     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7490   }
7491 
7492   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active.
7493   if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7494       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
7495     NewFD->addAttr(
7496         SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
7497                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7498                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation));
7499     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7500                      ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute |
7501                          ASTContext::PSF_Read,
7502                      NewFD))
7503       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
7504   }
7505 
7506   // Handle attributes.
7507   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
7508 
7509   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7510     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
7511     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
7512     unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace();
7513     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
7514         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
7515         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
7516       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7517            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
7518       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7519     }
7520   }
7521 
7522   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7523     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7524     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
7525     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7526       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7527 
7528     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7529       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7530 
7531     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7532       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7533                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
7534     else if (!Previous.empty())
7535       // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
7536       D.setRedeclaration(true);
7537     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7538             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7539            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7540 
7541     // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that
7542     // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging
7543     // possibly prototyped redeclarations.
7544     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
7545     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7546       CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC();
7547       if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) {
7548         // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without
7549         // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning.
7550         int DiagID =
7551             CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr;
7552         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID)
7553             << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC);
7554       }
7555     }
7556   } else {
7557     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
7558     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
7559     //
7560     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
7561     //
7562     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
7563     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
7564     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
7565         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
7566         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7567       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7568            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
7569         << NewFD->getDeclName();
7570 
7571     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
7572     // argument list into our AST format.
7573     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7574       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
7575       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
7576       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7577       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
7578                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
7579       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
7580                                  TemplateArgs);
7581 
7582       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7583 
7584       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7585         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7586       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
7587         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
7588         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
7589           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7590 
7591         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7592       } else {
7593         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
7594                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
7595                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
7596         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
7597         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7598       }
7599     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7600       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
7601       // wrote something like:
7602       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
7603       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
7604       //   friend void foo<>(int);
7605       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
7606       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7607       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7608       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7609     }
7610 
7611     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
7612     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
7613     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
7614     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
7615     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
7616     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
7617         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
7618          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
7619             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
7620             InstantiationDependent))) {
7621       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
7622              "friend function specialization without template args");
7623       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
7624                                                        Previous))
7625         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7626     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7627       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
7628           && !isFriend) {
7629         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
7630         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
7631           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
7632           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
7633           << NewFD->getDeclName();
7634       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
7635                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs
7636                                                            : nullptr),
7637                                                      Previous))
7638         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7639 
7640       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
7641       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
7642       //   specialization (14.7.3)
7643       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
7644           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
7645       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
7646         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
7647           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7648                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
7649             << SC
7650             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7651                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7652 
7653         else
7654           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7655                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7656             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7657                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7658       }
7659 
7660     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7661       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
7662           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7663     }
7664 
7665     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7666     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7667       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7668         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7669 
7670       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7671         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7672 
7673       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7674         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7675                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
7676       else if (!Previous.empty())
7677         // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
7678         D.setRedeclaration(true);
7679     }
7680 
7681     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7682             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7683            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7684 
7685     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
7686                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
7687                                 : NewFD);
7688 
7689     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
7690       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
7691       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7692         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
7693 
7694       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
7695       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
7696     }
7697 
7698     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
7699         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
7700       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
7701 
7702     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
7703     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
7704     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7705       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
7706                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
7707       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
7708                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
7709                                     : nullptr,
7710                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
7711                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
7712                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
7713                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
7714                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7715                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7716                                  DC->isDependentContext())
7717                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7718                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
7719     }
7720 
7721     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7722       // Ignore all the rest of this.
7723     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
7724       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
7725                                        AddToScope };
7726       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
7727       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
7728         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7729 
7730       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
7731       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7732         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
7733         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
7734 
7735         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
7736         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
7737         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
7738         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
7739         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
7740         // can actually do this check immediately.
7741         if (isFriend &&
7742             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
7743              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
7744              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
7745           // ignore these
7746         } else {
7747           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
7748           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
7749           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
7750           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
7751           //
7752           // class X {
7753           //   void f() const;
7754           // };
7755           //
7756           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
7757           //
7758           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
7759           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
7760           // whether the parameter types are references).
7761 
7762           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7763                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
7764             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7765             return Result;
7766           }
7767         }
7768 
7769         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
7770         // to something.
7771       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
7772         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7773                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
7774           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7775           return Result;
7776         }
7777       }
7778 
7779     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7780                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
7781                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7782                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
7783       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
7784       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
7785       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
7786       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
7787       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
7788       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
7789       // generate them.
7790       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
7791         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7792     }
7793   }
7794 
7795   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
7796   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
7797 
7798   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
7799 
7800   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
7801       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7802     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7803          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
7804       << NewFD;
7805 
7806     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
7807     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
7808     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
7809         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
7810     EPI.Variadic = true;
7811     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
7812 
7813     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
7814     NewFD->setType(R);
7815   }
7816 
7817   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
7818   // member, set the visibility of this function.
7819   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
7820     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
7821 
7822   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
7823   // marking the function.
7824   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
7825 
7826   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
7827   // a pragma.
7828   if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
7829     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
7830 
7831   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7832   // the map of such variables.
7833   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7834       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
7835     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
7836 
7837   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
7838   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
7839 
7840   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
7841     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
7842         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD,
7843         isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7844   }
7845 
7846   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7847     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7848       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7849         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7850       return FunctionTemplate;
7851     }
7852   }
7853 
7854   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7855     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
7856     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
7857         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
7858       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
7859       D.setInvalidType();
7860     }
7861 
7862     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
7863     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
7864       SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
7865       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
7866           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
7867                                 : FixItHint());
7868       D.setInvalidType();
7869     }
7870 
7871     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
7872     for (auto Param : NewFD->params())
7873       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
7874   }
7875 
7876   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
7877 
7878   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
7879     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
7880       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7881           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7882         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
7883           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
7884             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
7885 
7886           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
7887         }
7888       }
7889 
7890   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
7891   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
7892   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
7893   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7894     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
7895                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
7896                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
7897                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
7898                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
7899     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
7900     AddToScope = false;
7901   }
7902 
7903   return NewFD;
7904 }
7905 
7906 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
7907 ///
7908 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
7909 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
7910 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
7911 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
7912 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
7913 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
7914 /// via InstantiateDecl).
7915 ///
7916 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
7917 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
7918 ///
7919 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
7920 ///
7921 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
7922 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
7923                                     LookupResult &Previous,
7924                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
7925   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
7926          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
7927 
7928   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
7929   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
7930   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
7931   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7932                                !Previous.isShadowed();
7933 
7934   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
7935   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7936 
7937   bool Redeclaration = false;
7938   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
7939 
7940   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
7941   // the same name, if appropriate.
7942   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7943     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
7944     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
7945     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
7946     // function to the scope.
7947     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
7948       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7949       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
7950         Redeclaration = true;
7951         OldDecl = Candidate;
7952       }
7953     } else {
7954       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
7955                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
7956       case Ovl_Match:
7957         Redeclaration = true;
7958         break;
7959 
7960       case Ovl_NonFunction:
7961         Redeclaration = true;
7962         break;
7963 
7964       case Ovl_Overload:
7965         Redeclaration = false;
7966         break;
7967       }
7968 
7969       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7970         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
7971         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
7972         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7973           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7974         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr;
7975         if (Redeclaration)
7976           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
7977         else if (!Previous.empty())
7978           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
7979         if (OverloadedDecl)
7980           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
7981                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7982         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7983       }
7984     }
7985   }
7986 
7987   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
7988   if (!Redeclaration &&
7989       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
7990     filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7991     if (!Previous.empty()) {
7992       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
7993       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
7994       Redeclaration = true;
7995       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7996       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
7997 
7998       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
7999       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8000         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8001           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
8002             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
8003           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
8004                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
8005           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
8006         }
8007         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
8008           Redeclaration = false;
8009           OldDecl = nullptr;
8010         }
8011       }
8012     }
8013   }
8014 
8015   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
8016   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
8017   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
8018   //
8019   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
8020   // definition of a static member function.
8021   //
8022   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
8023   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
8024   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
8025   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
8026       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
8027       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
8028     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
8029     if (OldDecl)
8030       OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
8031     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
8032       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
8033         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
8034       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
8035       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
8036       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
8037                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
8038 
8039       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
8040       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
8041       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
8042         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
8043         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
8044                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
8045           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
8046 
8047         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const)
8048           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
8049       }
8050     }
8051   }
8052 
8053   if (Redeclaration) {
8054     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
8055     // merged.
8056     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
8057       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8058       return Redeclaration;
8059     }
8060 
8061     Previous.clear();
8062     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
8063 
8064     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
8065                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
8066       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
8067       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
8068         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
8069       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
8070       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
8071             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
8072         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
8073         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
8074       }
8075 
8076       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
8077       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
8078       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
8079           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
8080         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
8081         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
8082       }
8083 
8084     } else {
8085       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
8086       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
8087 
8088       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
8089         NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
8090     }
8091   }
8092 
8093   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
8094 
8095   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8096     // C++-specific checks.
8097     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
8098       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
8099     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
8100                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
8101       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
8102       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
8103 
8104       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
8105       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
8106       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
8107         DeclarationName Name
8108           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
8109                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
8110         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
8111           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
8112           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8113           return Redeclaration;
8114         }
8115       }
8116     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
8117                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
8118       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
8119     }
8120 
8121     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
8122     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
8123       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
8124           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
8125           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
8126         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
8127           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
8128           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
8129             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
8130           }
8131         }
8132       }
8133 
8134       if (Method->isStatic())
8135         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
8136     }
8137 
8138     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
8139     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
8140         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8141       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8142       return Redeclaration;
8143     }
8144 
8145     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
8146     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
8147         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8148       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8149       return Redeclaration;
8150     }
8151 
8152     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
8153     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
8154     // during delayed parsing anyway.
8155     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
8156       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
8157 
8158     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
8159     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
8160     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
8161       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
8162       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
8163       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
8164       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
8165         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
8166         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
8167         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
8168       }
8169     }
8170 
8171     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
8172     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
8173     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
8174     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
8175     if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
8176       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
8177       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
8178         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
8179             << NewFD << R;
8180       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
8181                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
8182         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
8183     }
8184   }
8185   return Redeclaration;
8186 }
8187 
8188 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
8189   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
8190   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
8191   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
8192   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
8193   //   appear in a declaration of main.
8194   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
8195   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
8196   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8197     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8198          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
8199       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8200   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
8201     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
8202       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
8203   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
8204     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
8205     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
8206     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
8207     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
8208       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
8209   }
8210   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
8211     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
8212       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
8213     FD->setConstexpr(false);
8214   }
8215 
8216   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
8217     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
8218         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
8219     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8220     return;
8221   }
8222 
8223   QualType T = FD->getType();
8224   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8225   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8226 
8227   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8228     // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
8229     // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
8230     // implicit-return-zero rule.
8231 
8232     // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
8233     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8234       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8235     else {
8236       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
8237       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8238       if (RTRange.isValid())
8239         Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
8240             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
8241     }
8242   } else {
8243     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
8244     // set the flag which tells us that.
8245     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
8246 
8247     // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
8248     if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8249       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8250     else {
8251       // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
8252       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8253       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
8254           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
8255                                 : FixItHint());
8256       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8257     }
8258   }
8259 
8260   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
8261   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
8262 
8263   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
8264   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
8265   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
8266 
8267   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
8268 
8269   if (FTP->isVariadic()) {
8270     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main);
8271     // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we
8272     // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter.
8273   }
8274 
8275   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
8276   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
8277   // getting shifty.
8278   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
8279     HasExtraParameters = false;
8280 
8281   if (HasExtraParameters) {
8282     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
8283     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8284     nparams = 3;
8285   }
8286 
8287   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
8288   // if we had some location information about types.
8289 
8290   QualType CharPP =
8291     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
8292   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
8293 
8294   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
8295     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
8296 
8297     bool mismatch = true;
8298 
8299     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
8300       mismatch = false;
8301     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
8302       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
8303       //   char const **
8304       //   char const * const *
8305       //   char * const *
8306 
8307       QualifierCollector qs;
8308       const PointerType* PT;
8309       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8310           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8311           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
8312                               Context.CharTy)) {
8313         qs.removeConst();
8314         mismatch = !qs.empty();
8315       }
8316     }
8317 
8318     if (mismatch) {
8319       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
8320       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
8321       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8322     }
8323   }
8324 
8325   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8326     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
8327   }
8328 
8329   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8330     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8331     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8332   }
8333 }
8334 
8335 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
8336   QualType T = FD->getType();
8337   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8338   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8339 
8340   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
8341   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
8342   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
8343       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
8344       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
8345     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
8346     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
8347       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8348 
8349   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8350     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8351     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8352   }
8353 }
8354 
8355 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
8356   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
8357   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
8358   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
8359   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
8360   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
8361   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
8362   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
8363   // rules there don't matter.)
8364   const Expr *Culprit;
8365   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
8366     return false;
8367   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
8368     << Culprit->getSourceRange();
8369   return true;
8370 }
8371 
8372 namespace {
8373   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
8374   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
8375   class SelfReferenceChecker
8376       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
8377     Sema &S;
8378     Decl *OrigDecl;
8379     bool isRecordType;
8380     bool isPODType;
8381     bool isReferenceType;
8382 
8383     bool isInitList;
8384     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex;
8385   public:
8386     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
8387 
8388     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
8389                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
8390       isPODType = false;
8391       isRecordType = false;
8392       isReferenceType = false;
8393       isInitList = false;
8394       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
8395         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
8396         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
8397         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
8398       }
8399     }
8400 
8401     // For most expressions, just call the visitor.  For initializer lists,
8402     // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are
8403     // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields.
8404     void CheckExpr(Expr *E) {
8405       InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E);
8406       if (!InitList) {
8407         Visit(E);
8408         return;
8409       }
8410 
8411       // Track and increment the index here.
8412       isInitList = true;
8413       InitFieldIndex.push_back(0);
8414       for (auto Child : InitList->children()) {
8415         CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child));
8416         ++InitFieldIndex.back();
8417       }
8418       InitFieldIndex.pop_back();
8419     }
8420 
8421     // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed.
8422     // Returns false if additional checking is required.
8423     bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) {
8424       llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields;
8425       Expr *Base = E;
8426       bool ReferenceField = false;
8427 
8428       // Get the field memebers used.
8429       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8430         FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
8431         if (!FD)
8432           return false;
8433         Fields.push_back(FD);
8434         if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
8435           ReferenceField = true;
8436         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8437       }
8438 
8439       // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same.
8440       DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base);
8441       if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl)
8442         return false;
8443 
8444       // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field.
8445       if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField)
8446         return true;
8447 
8448       // Convert FieldDecls to their index number.
8449       llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex;
8450       for (auto I = Fields.rbegin(), E = Fields.rend(); I != E; ++I) {
8451         UsedFieldIndex.push_back((*I)->getFieldIndex());
8452       }
8453 
8454       // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index
8455       // numbers.  If field being used has index less than the field being
8456       // initialized, then the use is safe.
8457       for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(),
8458                 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(),
8459                 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(),
8460                 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end();
8461            UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) {
8462         if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter)
8463           return true;
8464         if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter)
8465           break;
8466       }
8467 
8468       // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names.
8469       HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8470       return true;
8471     }
8472 
8473     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
8474     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
8475     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
8476     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
8477       E = E->IgnoreParens();
8478       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
8479         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8480         return;
8481       }
8482 
8483       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8484         Visit(CO->getCond());
8485         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
8486         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
8487         return;
8488       }
8489 
8490       if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
8491               dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8492         Visit(BCO->getCond());
8493         HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
8494         return;
8495       }
8496 
8497       if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) {
8498         HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr());
8499         return;
8500       }
8501 
8502       if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
8503         if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
8504           Visit(BO->getLHS());
8505           HandleValue(BO->getRHS());
8506           return;
8507         }
8508       }
8509 
8510       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
8511         if (isInitList) {
8512           if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E),
8513                                       false /*CheckReference*/))
8514             return;
8515         }
8516 
8517         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8518         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8519           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
8520           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8521             return;
8522           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8523         }
8524         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
8525           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8526         return;
8527       }
8528 
8529       Visit(E);
8530     }
8531 
8532     // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all
8533     // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses.
8534     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
8535       if (isReferenceType)
8536         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
8537     }
8538 
8539     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
8540       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
8541         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8542         return;
8543       }
8544 
8545       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
8546     }
8547 
8548     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
8549       if (isInitList) {
8550         if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/))
8551           return;
8552       }
8553 
8554       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
8555       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
8556 
8557       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
8558       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
8559       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
8560       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
8561       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8562       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8563         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8564           Warn = false;
8565         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8566       }
8567 
8568       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
8569         if (Warn)
8570           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8571         return;
8572       }
8573 
8574       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
8575       // Visit that expression.
8576       Visit(Base);
8577     }
8578 
8579     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
8580       Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
8581 
8582       if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee))
8583         return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
8584 
8585       Visit(Callee);
8586       for (auto Arg: E->arguments())
8587         HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
8588     }
8589 
8590     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
8591       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
8592       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
8593           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
8594         if (!isPODType)
8595           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8596         return;
8597       }
8598 
8599       if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) {
8600         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8601         return;
8602       }
8603 
8604       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
8605     }
8606 
8607     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
8608 
8609     void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
8610       if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) {
8611         Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0);
8612         if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr))
8613           if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
8614             ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0);
8615         if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr))
8616           if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
8617             ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
8618         HandleValue(ArgExpr);
8619         return;
8620       }
8621       Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
8622     }
8623 
8624     void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
8625       // Treat std::move as a use.
8626       if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) {
8627         if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) {
8628           if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() &&
8629               FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) {
8630             HandleValue(E->getArg(0));
8631             return;
8632           }
8633         }
8634       }
8635 
8636       Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E);
8637     }
8638 
8639     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) {
8640       if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) {
8641         HandleValue(E->getLHS());
8642         Visit(E->getRHS());
8643         return;
8644       }
8645 
8646       Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
8647     }
8648 
8649     // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the
8650     // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately
8651     // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics.
8652     void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) {
8653       Visit(E->getCond());
8654       Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
8655     }
8656 
8657     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
8658       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
8659       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
8660       unsigned diag;
8661       if (isReferenceType) {
8662         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
8663       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
8664         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
8665       } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
8666                  isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
8667                  DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) {
8668         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
8669       } else {
8670         // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis.
8671         return;
8672       }
8673 
8674       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
8675                             S.PDiag(diag)
8676                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
8677                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
8678                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
8679     }
8680   };
8681 
8682   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
8683   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
8684                                  bool DirectInit) {
8685     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
8686     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
8687     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
8688       return;
8689 
8690     E = E->IgnoreParens();
8691 
8692     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
8693     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
8694     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
8695       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
8696         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
8697           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
8698             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
8699               return;
8700 
8701     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E);
8702   }
8703 }
8704 
8705 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
8706 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
8707 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
8708 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
8709                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8710   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
8711   // the initializer.
8712   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8713     CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init);
8714     return;
8715   }
8716 
8717   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8718     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
8719     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
8720     // Thus this grotesque test.
8721     IntegerLiteral *IL;
8722     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
8723         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
8724       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
8725     else {
8726       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
8727         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
8728       Method->setInvalidDecl();
8729     }
8730     return;
8731   }
8732 
8733   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
8734   if (!VDecl) {
8735     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
8736     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
8737     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8738     return;
8739   }
8740   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8741 
8742   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
8743   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8744     // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can
8745     // be deduced based on the chosen correction:if the original init contains a
8746     // TypoExpr.
8747     ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init);
8748     if (!Res.isUsable()) {
8749       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8750       return;
8751     }
8752     if (Res.get() != Init) {
8753       Init = Res.get();
8754       if (CXXDirectInit)
8755         CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8756     }
8757 
8758     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
8759     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
8760     // contains exactly one expression.
8761     if (CXXDirectInit) {
8762       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
8763         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
8764         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
8765         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8766              VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
8767                                     : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
8768           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8769           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8770         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8771         return;
8772       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
8773         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
8774              VDecl->isInitCapture()
8775                  ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
8776                  : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
8777           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8778           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8779         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8780         return;
8781       } else {
8782         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
8783         if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit))
8784           Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8785                diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
8786             << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8787             << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8788       }
8789     }
8790 
8791     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
8792     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
8793     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
8794         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8795       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8796       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8797         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8798         return;
8799       }
8800       Init = Result.get();
8801       DefaultedToAuto = true;
8802     }
8803 
8804     QualType DeducedType;
8805     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
8806             DAR_Failed)
8807       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
8808     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
8809       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8810       return;
8811     }
8812     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
8813     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
8814 
8815     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
8816     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
8817       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8818 
8819     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
8820     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
8821     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
8822     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
8823     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
8824         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
8825       SourceLocation Loc =
8826           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8827       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
8828         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
8829     }
8830 
8831     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
8832     // the previously declared type.
8833     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
8834       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
8835       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
8836       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false);
8837     }
8838 
8839     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
8840     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
8841     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8842       return;
8843 
8844     // If all looks well, warn if this is a case that will change meaning when
8845     // we implement N3922.
8846     if (DirectInit && !CXXDirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
8847       Diag(Init->getLocStart(),
8848            diag::warn_auto_var_direct_list_init)
8849         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Init->getLocStart(), "=");
8850     }
8851   }
8852 
8853   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
8854   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
8855     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
8856     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8857     return;
8858   }
8859 
8860   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
8861     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
8862     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
8863     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8864     return;
8865   }
8866 
8867   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
8868     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
8869     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
8870     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
8871     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
8872     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
8873       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
8874     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
8875                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8876       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8877       return;
8878     }
8879 
8880     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8881     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
8882                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8883                                AbstractVariableType))
8884       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8885   }
8886 
8887   const VarDecl *Def;
8888   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
8889     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
8890       << VDecl->getDeclName();
8891     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8892     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8893     return;
8894   }
8895 
8896   const VarDecl *PrevInit = nullptr;
8897   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8898     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
8899     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
8900     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8901     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
8902     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
8903     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
8904     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
8905     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
8906     //
8907     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
8908     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
8909     // declaration with an initializer.
8910     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
8911       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
8912           << VDecl->getDeclName();
8913       Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
8914       return;
8915     }
8916 
8917     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
8918       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8919 
8920     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
8921       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8922       return;
8923     }
8924   }
8925 
8926   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
8927   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
8928   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
8929     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
8930     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8931     return;
8932   }
8933 
8934   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
8935   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
8936   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
8937 
8938   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
8939   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
8940   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8941       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8942     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8943     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8944       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8945       return;
8946     }
8947     Init = Result.get();
8948   }
8949 
8950   // Perform the initialization.
8951   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8952     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
8953     InitializationKind Kind
8954       = DirectInit ?
8955           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
8956                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
8957                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
8958                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
8959                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
8960                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
8961                                                     Init->getLocStart());
8962 
8963     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
8964     if (CXXDirectInit)
8965       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
8966                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
8967 
8968     // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments.
8969     for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) {
8970       ExprResult Res =
8971           CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Args[Idx], [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) {
8972             InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E));
8973             return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E;
8974           });
8975       if (Res.isInvalid()) {
8976         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8977       } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) {
8978         Args[Idx] = Res.get();
8979       }
8980     }
8981     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8982       return;
8983 
8984     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
8985     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
8986     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8987       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8988       return;
8989     }
8990 
8991     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
8992   }
8993 
8994   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
8995   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
8996   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
8997   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
8998       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
8999     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
9000   }
9001 
9002   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
9003   // completed by the initializer. For example:
9004   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
9005   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
9006   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
9007     VDecl->setType(DclT);
9008 
9009   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9010     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
9011 
9012     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
9013       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
9014 
9015     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
9016     // Although this code can still have problems:
9017     //   id x = self.weakProp;
9018     //   id y = self.weakProp;
9019     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
9020     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
9021     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
9022     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong &&
9023         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
9024                          Init->getLocStart()))
9025         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
9026   }
9027 
9028   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
9029   //
9030   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
9031   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
9032   // full-expression. For instance, in:
9033   //
9034   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
9035   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
9036   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
9037   //
9038   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
9039   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
9040                                           false,
9041                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
9042   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9043     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9044     return;
9045   }
9046   Init = Result.get();
9047 
9048   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
9049   VDecl->setInit(Init);
9050 
9051   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
9052     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
9053     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
9054     // C++ does not have this restriction.
9055     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9056       const Expr *Culprit;
9057       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
9058         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
9059       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
9060       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
9061       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
9062       // constant expressions.
9063       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
9064                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
9065                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
9066         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
9067              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
9068           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9069     }
9070   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
9071              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
9072     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
9073     //
9074     // struct S {
9075     //   static const int value = 17;
9076     // };
9077 
9078     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
9079     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
9080     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
9081     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
9082     //
9083     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
9084     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
9085     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
9086     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
9087     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
9088     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
9089     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
9090     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
9091     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
9092 
9093     // Do nothing on dependent types.
9094     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
9095 
9096     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
9097     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
9098     // type.
9099     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
9100 
9101     // Require constness.
9102     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
9103       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
9104         << Init->getSourceRange();
9105       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9106 
9107     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
9108     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
9109       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
9110       SourceLocation Loc;
9111       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
9112         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
9113         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
9114         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
9115       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
9116         ; // Nothing to check.
9117       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
9118         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
9119       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
9120         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
9121         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
9122         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9123           << Init->getSourceRange();
9124       } else {
9125         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
9126         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
9127         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9128           << Init->getSourceRange();
9129         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9130       }
9131 
9132     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
9133     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
9134       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
9135       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
9136       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
9137         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
9138              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
9139             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9140         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
9141              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
9142             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
9143       } else {
9144         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
9145           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9146 
9147         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
9148           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9149             << Init->getSourceRange();
9150           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9151         }
9152       }
9153 
9154     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
9155     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
9156       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
9157         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
9158         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
9159       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
9160 
9161     } else {
9162       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
9163         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9164       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9165     }
9166   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
9167     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
9168         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
9169          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
9170            VDecl->isExternC())) &&
9171         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
9172       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
9173 
9174     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
9175     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9176       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
9177   }
9178 
9179   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
9180   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
9181   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
9182   //
9183   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
9184   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
9185   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
9186   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
9187   // special case code.
9188 
9189   // C++ 8.5p11:
9190   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
9191   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
9192   // class type.
9193   if (CXXDirectInit) {
9194     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
9195     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9196   } else if (DirectInit) {
9197     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
9198     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
9199   }
9200 
9201   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
9202 }
9203 
9204 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
9205 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
9206 /// of sanity.
9207 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
9208   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
9209   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
9210   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9211 
9212   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9213   if (!VD) return;
9214 
9215   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
9216   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
9217     D->setInvalidDecl();
9218     return;
9219   }
9220 
9221   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
9222   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
9223 
9224   // Require a complete type.
9225   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
9226                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
9227                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9228     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9229     return;
9230   }
9231 
9232   // Require a non-abstract type.
9233   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
9234                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9235                              AbstractVariableType)) {
9236     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9237     return;
9238   }
9239 
9240   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
9241   // though.
9242 }
9243 
9244 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
9245                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9246   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
9247   if (!RealDecl)
9248     return;
9249 
9250   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
9251     QualType Type = Var->getType();
9252 
9253     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
9254     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
9255       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
9256         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
9257       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9258       return;
9259     }
9260 
9261     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
9262     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
9263     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
9264     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
9265     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
9266     // member.
9267     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9268       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
9269         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
9270              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
9271           << Var->getDeclName();
9272       else
9273         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
9274       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9275       return;
9276     }
9277 
9278     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
9279     // be initialized.
9280     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9281         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
9282         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
9283       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
9284       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9285       return;
9286     }
9287 
9288     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9289     case VarDecl::Definition:
9290       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
9291         break;
9292 
9293       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
9294       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
9295       // a declaration.
9296       //
9297       // Fall through
9298 
9299     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
9300       // It's only a declaration.
9301 
9302       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
9303       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
9304       // object shall be complete.
9305       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
9306           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9307           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9308                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
9309         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9310 
9311       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
9312       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9313           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9314                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9315                                  AbstractVariableType))
9316         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9317       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9318           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
9319         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
9320         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
9321       }
9322 
9323       return;
9324 
9325     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
9326       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
9327       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
9328       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
9329       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
9330       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
9331       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
9332         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
9333                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
9334           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
9335                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
9336                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
9337             Var->setInvalidDecl();
9338         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
9339           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
9340           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
9341           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
9342           // NOTE: code such as the following
9343           //     static struct s;
9344           //     struct s { int a; };
9345           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
9346           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
9347           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
9348           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
9349             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9350                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
9351         }
9352       }
9353 
9354       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
9355       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
9356         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
9357       return;
9358     }
9359 
9360     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
9361     // definitions with incomplete array type.
9362     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
9363       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
9364            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
9365       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9366       return;
9367     }
9368 
9369     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
9370     // definitions with reference type.
9371     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
9372       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
9373         << Var->getDeclName()
9374         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
9375       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9376       return;
9377     }
9378 
9379     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
9380     // variable with dependent type.
9381     if (Type->isDependentType())
9382       return;
9383 
9384     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
9385       return;
9386 
9387     if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
9388       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
9389                               Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
9390                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9391         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9392         return;
9393       }
9394     } else {
9395       return;
9396     }
9397 
9398     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
9399     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9400                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9401                                AbstractVariableType)) {
9402       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9403       return;
9404     }
9405 
9406     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
9407     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
9408     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
9409     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
9410     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
9411     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
9412     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
9413     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
9414     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
9415     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
9416     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9417       if (const RecordType *Record
9418             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9419         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
9420         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
9421         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
9422         // incompatibilities with C++98.
9423         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
9424           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9425       }
9426     }
9427 
9428     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
9429     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
9430     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
9431     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
9432     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
9433     //   type shall have a user-declared default
9434     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
9435     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
9436     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
9437     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
9438     //   program is ill-formed.
9439     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
9440     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
9441     //   default-initialized; [...].
9442     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
9443     InitializationKind Kind
9444       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
9445 
9446     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9447     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9448     if (Init.isInvalid())
9449       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9450     else if (Init.get()) {
9451       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
9452       // This is important for template substitution.
9453       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9454     }
9455 
9456     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
9457   }
9458 }
9459 
9460 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
9461   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9462   if (!VD) {
9463     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
9464     D->setInvalidDecl();
9465     return;
9466   }
9467 
9468   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9469 
9470   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
9471   int Error = -1;
9472   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
9473   case SC_None:
9474     break;
9475   case SC_Extern:
9476     Error = 0;
9477     break;
9478   case SC_Static:
9479     Error = 1;
9480     break;
9481   case SC_PrivateExtern:
9482     Error = 2;
9483     break;
9484   case SC_Auto:
9485     Error = 3;
9486     break;
9487   case SC_Register:
9488     Error = 4;
9489     break;
9490   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
9491     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
9492   }
9493   if (Error != -1) {
9494     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
9495       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
9496     D->setInvalidDecl();
9497   }
9498 }
9499 
9500 StmtResult
9501 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
9502                                  IdentifierInfo *Ident,
9503                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
9504                                  SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
9505   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
9506   //   A range-based for statement of the form
9507   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9508   //   is equivalent to
9509   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9510   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9511 
9512   const char *PrevSpec;
9513   unsigned DiagID;
9514   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
9515                      getPrintingPolicy());
9516 
9517   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext);
9518   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
9519   D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
9520 
9521   ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9522   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false),
9523                 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc);
9524   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
9525   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9526   FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
9527   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
9528                        AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
9529 }
9530 
9531 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
9532   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9533 
9534   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
9535   // local retaining variable.
9536   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9537       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9538     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
9539     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
9540     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
9541     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
9542       break;
9543 
9544     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
9545     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
9546       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9547       break;
9548     }
9549   }
9550 
9551   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
9552   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
9553   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
9554   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
9555   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
9556   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9557       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
9558       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
9559       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
9560                                   var->getLocation())) {
9561     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
9562     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
9563     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
9564       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
9565 
9566     if (!prev)
9567       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
9568   }
9569 
9570   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
9571     const Expr *Culprit;
9572     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
9573       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
9574       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
9575       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
9576       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
9577       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9578         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9579     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() &&
9580                !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
9581                    Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) {
9582       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
9583       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
9584       //   initialization.
9585       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
9586       Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
9587         << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9588       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9589         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9590     }
9591 
9592   }
9593 
9594   // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables.
9595   bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage();
9596   if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9597       ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
9598     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
9599     int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read;
9600     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
9601       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
9602     else if (!var->getInit()) {
9603       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
9604       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
9605     } else {
9606       Stack = &DataSegStack;
9607       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
9608     }
9609     if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
9610       var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
9611           Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
9612           Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation));
9613     }
9614     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>())
9615       if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var))
9616         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
9617 
9618     // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer.  If the
9619     // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
9620     // attribute.
9621     if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
9622       var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
9623                                                CurInitSegLoc));
9624   }
9625 
9626   // All the following checks are C++ only.
9627   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
9628 
9629   QualType type = var->getType();
9630   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
9631 
9632   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
9633   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9634     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
9635     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
9636 
9637     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
9638     // constructing this copy.
9639     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
9640       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
9641       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
9642       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
9643       ExprResult result
9644         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
9645             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
9646             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
9647       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
9648         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
9649         Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>();
9650         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
9651       }
9652     }
9653   }
9654 
9655   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
9656   bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal();
9657   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
9658 
9659   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
9660       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
9661     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
9662         !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
9663                                     var->getLocation())) {
9664       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
9665       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
9666       // warned about them.
9667       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
9668       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
9669           !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
9670         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
9671           << Init->getSourceRange();
9672     }
9673 
9674     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
9675       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
9676       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
9677         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
9678         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
9679         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
9680         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
9681               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
9682           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
9683           Notes.clear();
9684         }
9685         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
9686           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
9687         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
9688           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
9689       }
9690     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
9691       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
9692       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
9693       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
9694       var->checkInitIsICE();
9695     }
9696   }
9697 
9698   // Require the destructor.
9699   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
9700     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
9701 }
9702 
9703 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
9704 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
9705 void
9706 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
9707   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
9708   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
9709 
9710   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
9711   if (!VD)
9712     return;
9713 
9714   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
9715 
9716   // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
9717   if (VD->isStaticLocal()) {
9718     if (FunctionDecl *FD =
9719             dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) {
9720       if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
9721         auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
9722         NewAttr->setInherited(true);
9723         VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
9724       }
9725     }
9726   }
9727 
9728   // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl.
9729   const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD);
9730 
9731   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
9732   if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) {
9733     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
9734         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9735       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
9736       // with a warning.
9737       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
9738         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
9739       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
9740           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
9741           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
9742 
9743       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
9744            IsClassTemplateMember
9745                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
9746                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
9747       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
9748       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
9749         VD->setInvalidDecl();
9750     }
9751   }
9752 
9753   // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index
9754   // isn't exported with the variable.
9755   if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) {
9756     Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD
9757                                                                   << DLLAttr;
9758     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9759   }
9760 
9761   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
9762     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9763       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
9764       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
9765     }
9766   }
9767 
9768   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
9769   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
9770   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
9771   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
9772     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
9773 
9774   // FIXME: Warn on unused templates.
9775   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
9776       !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
9777     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
9778 
9779   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
9780   // tag values.
9781   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
9782       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
9783     return;
9784 
9785   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
9786     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
9787     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
9788       continue;
9789     }
9790     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
9791     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
9792       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9793            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
9794         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9795       continue;
9796     }
9797     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
9798       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9799            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
9800         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9801       continue;
9802     }
9803     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
9804     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
9805                                MagicValue,
9806                                I->getMatchingCType(),
9807                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
9808                                I->getMustBeNull());
9809   }
9810 }
9811 
9812 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
9813                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9814   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
9815 
9816   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
9817     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
9818 
9819   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
9820   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9821     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
9822       if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D))
9823         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
9824           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
9825       Decls.push_back(D);
9826     }
9827 
9828   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
9829     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
9830       handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
9831       if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl())
9832         Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
9833     }
9834   }
9835 
9836   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
9837 }
9838 
9839 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
9840 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
9841 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
9842 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
9843                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9844   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
9845   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
9846   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
9847   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
9848   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
9849   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
9850   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
9851   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
9852     QualType Deduced;
9853     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
9854     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
9855     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
9856       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
9857         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
9858         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
9859         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
9860           break;
9861         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
9862         if (!U.isNull()) {
9863           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
9864           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
9865             Deduced = U;
9866             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
9867             DeducedDecl = D;
9868           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
9869             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
9870                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
9871               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
9872               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
9873               << U << D->getDeclName()
9874               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
9875               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
9876             D->setInvalidDecl();
9877             break;
9878           }
9879         }
9880       }
9881     }
9882   }
9883 
9884   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
9885 
9886   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
9887       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
9888 }
9889 
9890 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
9891   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
9892 }
9893 
9894 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9895   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
9896   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
9897     return;
9898 
9899   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
9900                       Group[0]->getLocation()) &&
9901       Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name,
9902                       Group[0]->getLocation()))
9903     return;
9904 
9905   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
9906     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
9907     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
9908     // additional declaration references:
9909     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
9910     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
9911     //   'struct S *pS;'
9912     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
9913     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
9914     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
9915       Group = Group.slice(1);
9916     }
9917   }
9918 
9919   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
9920   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
9921   if (!Comments.empty() &&
9922       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
9923     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
9924     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
9925     //
9926     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
9927     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
9928     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
9929     // ahead through comments.
9930     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9931       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
9932   }
9933 }
9934 
9935 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
9936 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
9937 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
9938   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
9939 
9940   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
9941 
9942   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
9943   StorageClass SC = SC_None;
9944   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
9945     SC = SC_Register;
9946   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9947              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
9948     SC = SC_Auto;
9949   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
9950     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9951          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
9952     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
9953   }
9954 
9955   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
9956     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
9957       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
9958   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
9959     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
9960       << 0;
9961 
9962   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
9963 
9964   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9965   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
9966 
9967   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9968     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
9969     // parameter.
9970     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
9971 
9972     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
9973     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
9974       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
9975         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
9976       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
9977     }
9978   }
9979 
9980   // Ensure we have a valid name
9981   IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
9982   if (D.hasName()) {
9983     II = D.getIdentifier();
9984     if (!II) {
9985       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
9986         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
9987       D.setInvalidType(true);
9988     }
9989   }
9990 
9991   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
9992   if (II) {
9993     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
9994                    ForRedeclaration);
9995     LookupName(R, S);
9996     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
9997       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
9998       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9999         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10000         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
10001         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10002         PrevDecl = nullptr;
10003       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
10004         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
10005         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10006 
10007         // Recover by removing the name
10008         II = nullptr;
10009         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
10010         D.setInvalidType(true);
10011       }
10012     }
10013   }
10014 
10015   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
10016   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
10017   // looking like class members in C++.
10018   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
10019                                     D.getLocStart(),
10020                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
10021                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
10022                                     SC);
10023 
10024   if (D.isInvalidType())
10025     New->setInvalidDecl();
10026 
10027   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
10028   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
10029   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
10030                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
10031 
10032   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
10033   S->AddDecl(New);
10034   if (II)
10035     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
10036 
10037   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
10038 
10039   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
10040     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
10041       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
10042       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
10043       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
10044 
10045   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
10046     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
10047   }
10048   return New;
10049 }
10050 
10051 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
10052 /// typedef.
10053 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
10054                                               SourceLocation Loc,
10055                                               QualType T) {
10056   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
10057      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
10058      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
10059   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
10060                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
10061                                            SC_None, nullptr);
10062   Param->setImplicit();
10063   return Param;
10064 }
10065 
10066 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
10067                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
10068   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
10069   // will already have done so in the template itself.
10070   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
10071     return;
10072 
10073   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
10074     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
10075         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
10076       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
10077         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
10078     }
10079   }
10080 }
10081 
10082 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
10083                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
10084                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
10085                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
10086   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
10087     return;
10088 
10089   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
10090   // threshold.
10091   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
10092     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
10093     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
10094       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
10095           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
10096   }
10097 
10098   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
10099   // threshold.
10100   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
10101     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
10102     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
10103       continue;
10104     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
10105     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
10106       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
10107           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
10108   }
10109 }
10110 
10111 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10112                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
10113                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
10114                                   StorageClass SC) {
10115   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
10116   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
10117       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
10118       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
10119 
10120     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
10121 
10122     // Special cases for arrays:
10123     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
10124     //   - otherwise, it's an error
10125     if (T->isArrayType()) {
10126       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
10127         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
10128             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
10129             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
10130       }
10131       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
10132     } else {
10133       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
10134     }
10135     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
10136   }
10137 
10138   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
10139                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
10140                                          TSInfo, SC, nullptr);
10141 
10142   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
10143   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
10144   // the class has been completely parsed.
10145   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
10146       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10147                              AbstractParamType))
10148     New->setInvalidDecl();
10149 
10150   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
10151   // passed by reference.
10152   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
10153     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
10154     Diag(NameLoc,
10155          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
10156       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
10157     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
10158     New->setType(T);
10159   }
10160 
10161   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
10162   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
10163   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
10164   // an address space.
10165   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
10166     // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
10167     // to be qualified with an address space.
10168     if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) {
10169       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
10170       New->setInvalidDecl();
10171     }
10172   }
10173 
10174   return New;
10175 }
10176 
10177 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
10178                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
10179   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
10180 
10181   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
10182   // for a K&R function.
10183   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
10184     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
10185       --i;
10186       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
10187         SmallString<256> Code;
10188         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
10189             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
10190         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
10191             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
10192             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code);
10193 
10194         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
10195         // type.
10196         AttributeFactory attrs;
10197         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
10198         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
10199         unsigned DiagID; // unused
10200         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
10201                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
10202         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
10203         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10204         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10205         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
10206         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10207         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
10208       }
10209     }
10210   }
10211 }
10212 
10213 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
10214   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
10215   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
10216   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
10217 
10218   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
10219   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
10220   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
10221 }
10222 
10223 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) {
10224   Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D);
10225 }
10226 
10227 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
10228                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
10229   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
10230   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10231     return false;
10232 
10233   // Or declarations that aren't global.
10234   if (!FD->isGlobal())
10235     return false;
10236 
10237   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
10238   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
10239     return false;
10240 
10241   // Don't warn about 'main'.
10242   if (FD->isMain())
10243     return false;
10244 
10245   // Don't warn about inline functions.
10246   if (FD->isInlined())
10247     return false;
10248 
10249   // Don't warn about function templates.
10250   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
10251     return false;
10252 
10253   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
10254   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
10255     return false;
10256 
10257   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
10258   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
10259     return false;
10260 
10261   // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions.
10262   if (FD->isDeleted())
10263     return false;
10264 
10265   bool MissingPrototype = true;
10266   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
10267        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
10268     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
10269     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
10270     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
10271       continue;
10272 
10273     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
10274     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
10275       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
10276     break;
10277   }
10278 
10279   return MissingPrototype;
10280 }
10281 
10282 void
10283 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
10284                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) {
10285   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
10286   // was an extern inline function.
10287   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
10288   if (!Definition)
10289     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
10290       return;
10291 
10292   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
10293     return;
10294 
10295   // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or
10296   // a template, it's OK to form another definition of it.
10297   //
10298   // FIXME: Should we skip the body of the function and use the old definition
10299   // in this case? That may be necessary for functions that return local types
10300   // through a deduced return type, or instantiate templates with local types.
10301   if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) &&
10302       (Definition->isInlineSpecified() ||
10303        Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() ||
10304        Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists()))
10305     return;
10306 
10307   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
10308       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
10309     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
10310         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
10311   else
10312     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
10313 
10314   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10315   FD->setInvalidDecl();
10316 }
10317 
10318 
10319 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
10320                                    Sema &S) {
10321   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
10322 
10323   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
10324   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
10325   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
10326   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
10327   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
10328 
10329   if (LCD == LCD_None)
10330     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
10331   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
10332     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
10333   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
10334     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
10335   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
10336 
10337   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
10338   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
10339 
10340   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
10341   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
10342   auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin();
10343   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
10344     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
10345       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
10346       if (VD->isInitCapture())
10347         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
10348       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
10349       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
10350       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
10351           /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(),
10352           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
10353                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
10354           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr);
10355 
10356     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
10357       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(),
10358                               S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr);
10359     } else {
10360       LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType());
10361     }
10362     ++I;
10363   }
10364 }
10365 
10366 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
10367   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
10368   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
10369 
10370   if (!D)
10371     return D;
10372   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
10373 
10374   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
10375     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
10376   else
10377     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
10378   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
10379   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
10380   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
10381   // LambdaScopeInfo.
10382   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
10383   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
10384   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
10385   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
10386   // have the LSI properly restored.
10387   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
10388     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
10389       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
10390       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
10391     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
10392   }
10393   else
10394     // Enter a new function scope
10395     PushFunctionScope();
10396 
10397   // See if this is a redefinition.
10398   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
10399     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
10400 
10401   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
10402   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10403     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
10404         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
10405       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
10406       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10407     }
10408   }
10409 
10410   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
10411   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
10412   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
10413   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
10414       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10415       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
10416                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
10417     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10418 
10419   if (FnBodyScope)
10420     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
10421 
10422   // Check the validity of our function parameters
10423   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10424                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
10425 
10426   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
10427   for (auto Param : FD->params()) {
10428     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
10429 
10430     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
10431     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
10432       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
10433 
10434       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
10435     }
10436   }
10437 
10438   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
10439   // introduce them into the function scope.
10440   if (FnBodyScope) {
10441     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
10442              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
10443              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
10444          I != E; ++I) {
10445       NamedDecl *D = *I;
10446 
10447       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the
10448       // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove
10449       // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context.
10450       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
10451         // Is the decl actually in the context?
10452         for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) {
10453           if (DI == D) {
10454             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
10455             break;
10456           }
10457         }
10458         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
10459         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
10460       }
10461 
10462       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
10463       if (!D->getName().empty())
10464         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10465 
10466       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
10467       // accessible in this scope.
10468       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
10469         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
10470           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10471       }
10472     }
10473   }
10474 
10475   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
10476   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
10477     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
10478 
10479   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
10480   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
10481       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
10482     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
10483     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
10484     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10485     return D;
10486   }
10487   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
10488   // a function template).
10489   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
10490   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
10491       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
10492       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
10493     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
10494 
10495   return D;
10496 }
10497 
10498 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
10499 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
10500 /// optimization.
10501 ///
10502 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
10503 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
10504 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
10505 /// use the named return value optimization.
10506 ///
10507 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
10508 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
10509 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
10510 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
10511   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
10512 
10513   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
10514     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
10515       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
10516         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
10517     }
10518   }
10519 }
10520 
10521 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
10522   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
10523   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
10524     return false;
10525 
10526   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
10527   // return type (yet).
10528   if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) {
10529     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
10530     // we can still delay parsing it.
10531     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
10532       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
10533       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
10534           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
10535         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
10536         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
10537       }
10538     }
10539     return false;
10540   }
10541 
10542   return true;
10543 }
10544 
10545 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
10546   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
10547   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
10548   // rest of the file.
10549   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
10550   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
10551   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
10552     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
10553       return false;
10554   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
10555 }
10556 
10557 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
10558   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
10559     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
10560   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
10561     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
10562   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr);
10563 }
10564 
10565 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
10566   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
10567 }
10568 
10569 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
10570                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
10571   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
10572 
10573   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
10574   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
10575 
10576   if (FD) {
10577     FD->setBody(Body);
10578 
10579     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
10580         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
10581       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
10582       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
10583       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
10584       if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
10585         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
10586             << FD->getReturnType();
10587         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10588       } else {
10589         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
10590         TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD);
10591         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
10592             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
10593       }
10594     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) {
10595       auto *LSI = getCurLambda();
10596       if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) {
10597         deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI);
10598 
10599         // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4:
10600         //   [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement
10601         //   [the deduced type is] the type void
10602         QualType RetType =
10603             LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType;
10604 
10605         // Update the return type to the deduced type.
10606         const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
10607             FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
10608         FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(),
10609                                             Proto->getExtProtoInfo()));
10610       }
10611     }
10612 
10613     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
10614     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
10615     // is the first declaration.
10616     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
10617       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
10618         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10619       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
10620                (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
10621                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
10622         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10623     }
10624 
10625     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
10626     // don't complain about missing return statements.
10627     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
10628       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
10629 
10630     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
10631     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
10632     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
10633       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
10634 
10635     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10636       // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
10637       if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted())
10638         DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
10639       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10640                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
10641 
10642       // If this is a structor, we need a vtable.
10643       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
10644         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
10645       else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD))
10646         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent());
10647 
10648       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
10649       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
10650       // to deduce an implicit return type.
10651       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
10652           !FD->isDependentContext())
10653         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10654     }
10655 
10656     // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
10657     //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
10658     //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
10659     //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
10660     //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
10661     const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr;
10662     if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
10663       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
10664 
10665       if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
10666         // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
10667         // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
10668         if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
10669                 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
10670           TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
10671           if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
10672             Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
10673                  diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
10674                 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
10675                 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
10676         }
10677       }
10678     }
10679 
10680     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
10681       const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction;
10682       if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) &&
10683           MD->isVirtual() &&
10684           (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) &&
10685           MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) {
10686         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
10687         if (FD->isInlined() &&
10688             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
10689           Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD);
10690 
10691           // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we
10692           // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively.
10693           KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent());
10694           const FunctionDecl *Definition;
10695           if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition))
10696             MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
10697         } else {
10698           // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used.
10699           MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
10700         }
10701       }
10702     }
10703 
10704     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
10705            "Function parsing confused");
10706   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
10707     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
10708     MD->setBody(Body);
10709     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10710       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
10711       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
10712                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
10713 
10714       if (Body)
10715         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10716     }
10717     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
10718       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
10719         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
10720       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
10721     }
10722     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
10723       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
10724       bool isDesignated =
10725           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
10726       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
10727       (void)isDesignated;
10728 
10729       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
10730         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
10731         if (!IFace)
10732           return false;
10733         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
10734         if (!SuperD)
10735           return false;
10736         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
10737             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
10738       };
10739       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
10740       // of NSObject.
10741       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
10742         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
10743              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
10744         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
10745              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
10746       }
10747       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
10748     }
10749     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
10750       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
10751       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
10752         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
10753              diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
10754       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
10755     }
10756   } else {
10757     return nullptr;
10758   }
10759 
10760   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
10761          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
10762          "handled in the block above.");
10763 
10764   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
10765   if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) {
10766     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
10767     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
10768     // Verify this.
10769     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
10770       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
10771 
10772     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
10773     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
10774         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
10775       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
10776 
10777     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
10778       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
10779         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
10780 
10781       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
10782                                              Destructor->getParent());
10783     }
10784 
10785     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10786     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10787     // deletion in some later function.
10788     if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
10789         getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
10790       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10791     }
10792     if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
10793         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
10794       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
10795       // enabled.
10796       ActivePolicy = &WP;
10797     }
10798 
10799     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10800         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
10801          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
10802       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10803 
10804     if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
10805       for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) {
10806         if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) {
10807           Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function);
10808           Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
10809           FD->setInvalidDecl();
10810           break;
10811         }
10812       }
10813     }
10814 
10815     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() ==
10816                ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects &&
10817            "Leftover temporaries in function");
10818     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
10819     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
10820            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
10821   }
10822 
10823   if (!IsInstantiation)
10824     PopDeclContext();
10825 
10826   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
10827   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10828   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10829   // deletion in some later function.
10830   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
10831     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10832   }
10833 
10834   return dcl;
10835 }
10836 
10837 
10838 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
10839 /// relevant Decl.
10840 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
10841                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
10842   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
10843   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
10844     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
10845   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
10846 
10847   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
10848     if (Method->isStatic())
10849       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
10850 }
10851 
10852 
10853 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
10854 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
10855 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
10856                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
10857   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
10858   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
10859   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
10860   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
10861   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
10862     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
10863     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10864     return ExternCPrev;
10865   }
10866 
10867   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
10868   unsigned diag_id;
10869   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
10870     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
10871   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
10872     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
10873   else
10874     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
10875   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
10876 
10877   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
10878   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
10879   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
10880     TypoCorrection Corrected;
10881     if (S &&
10882         (Corrected = CorrectTypo(
10883              DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr,
10884              llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError)))
10885       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
10886                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
10887   }
10888 
10889   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
10890   const char *Dummy;
10891   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
10892   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
10893   unsigned DiagID;
10894   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
10895                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
10896   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
10897   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
10898   SourceLocation NoLoc;
10899   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
10900   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
10901                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
10902                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10903                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
10904                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
10905                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
10906                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10907                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
10908                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
10909                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10910                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10911                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10912                                              /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10913                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
10914                                              EST_None,
10915                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
10916                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
10917                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
10918                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
10919                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
10920                                              /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr,
10921                                              Loc, Loc, D),
10922                 DS.getAttributes(),
10923                 SourceLocation());
10924   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
10925 
10926   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
10927 
10928   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
10929   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
10930 
10931   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
10932   FD->setImplicit();
10933 
10934   CurContext = PrevDC;
10935 
10936   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
10937 
10938   return FD;
10939 }
10940 
10941 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
10942 /// the declaration of this function.
10943 ///
10944 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
10945 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
10946 /// like NSLog or printf.
10947 ///
10948 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
10949 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
10950 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
10951   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10952     return;
10953 
10954   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
10955   // actual attributes.
10956   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10957     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
10958     unsigned FormatIdx;
10959     bool HasVAListArg;
10960     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
10961       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
10962         const char *fmt = "printf";
10963         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
10964         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
10965             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
10966           fmt = "NSString";
10967         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10968                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
10969                                                FormatIdx+1,
10970                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10971                                                FD->getLocation()));
10972       }
10973     }
10974     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
10975                                              HasVAListArg)) {
10976      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10977        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10978                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
10979                                               FormatIdx+1,
10980                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10981                                               FD->getLocation()));
10982     }
10983 
10984     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
10985     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
10986     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
10987     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
10988         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
10989       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10990         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10991     }
10992 
10993     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
10994         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
10995       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10996                                          FD->getLocation()));
10997     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
10998       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10999     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
11000       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
11001   }
11002 
11003   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
11004   if (!Name)
11005     return;
11006   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11007        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
11008       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
11009        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
11010        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
11011     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
11012     // about.
11013   } else
11014     return;
11015 
11016   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
11017     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
11018     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
11019     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
11020       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11021                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
11022                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
11023                                              FD->getLocation()));
11024   }
11025 
11026   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
11027     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
11028     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
11029     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
11030       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
11031                                                 FD->getLocation()));
11032   }
11033 }
11034 
11035 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
11036                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
11037   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
11038   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
11039 
11040   if (!TInfo) {
11041     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
11042     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
11043   }
11044 
11045   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
11046   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
11047                                            D.getLocStart(),
11048                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
11049                                            D.getIdentifier(),
11050                                            TInfo);
11051 
11052   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
11053   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
11054     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
11055     return NewTD;
11056   }
11057 
11058   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
11059     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
11060       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
11061         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
11062         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
11063         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
11064     else
11065       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
11066   }
11067 
11068   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
11069   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
11070   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
11071   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
11072   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
11073   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
11074   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
11075   case TST_enum:
11076   case TST_struct:
11077   case TST_interface:
11078   case TST_union:
11079   case TST_class: {
11080     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
11081     setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
11082     break;
11083   }
11084 
11085   default:
11086     break;
11087   }
11088 
11089   return NewTD;
11090 }
11091 
11092 
11093 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
11094 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
11095   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
11096   QualType T = TI->getType();
11097 
11098   if (T->isDependentType())
11099     return false;
11100 
11101   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
11102     if (BT->isInteger())
11103       return false;
11104 
11105   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
11106   return true;
11107 }
11108 
11109 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
11110 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
11111 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
11112                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
11113                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
11114   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
11115 
11116   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
11117     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
11118       << Prev->isScoped();
11119     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11120     return true;
11121   }
11122 
11123   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
11124     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
11125         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
11126         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
11127                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
11128       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
11129       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
11130         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
11131       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
11132           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
11133       return true;
11134     }
11135   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
11136     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
11137       << Prev->isFixed();
11138     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11139     return true;
11140   }
11141 
11142   return false;
11143 }
11144 
11145 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
11146 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
11147 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
11148 ///
11149 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
11150 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
11151   switch (Tag) {
11152   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
11153   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
11154   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
11155   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
11156   }
11157 }
11158 
11159 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
11160 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
11161 ///
11162 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
11163 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
11164 {
11165   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
11166 }
11167 
11168 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
11169 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
11170 ///
11171 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
11172 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
11173                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
11174                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
11175                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
11176   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
11177   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
11178   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
11179   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
11180   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
11181   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
11182   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
11183   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
11184   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
11185   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
11186   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
11187   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
11188   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
11189   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
11190   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
11191     if (OldTag == NewTag)
11192       return true;
11193 
11194   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
11195     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
11196     bool isTemplate = false;
11197     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
11198       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
11199 
11200     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
11201       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
11202       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
11203       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
11204         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
11205         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
11206       return true;
11207     }
11208 
11209     if (isDefinition) {
11210       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
11211       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
11212       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
11213         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
11214         return true;
11215       }
11216 
11217       bool previousMismatch = false;
11218       for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) {
11219         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
11220           if (!previousMismatch) {
11221             previousMismatch = true;
11222             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
11223               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
11224               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
11225           }
11226           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
11227             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
11228             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
11229                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
11230         }
11231       }
11232       return true;
11233     }
11234 
11235     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
11236     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
11237     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
11238     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
11239                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
11240     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
11241       return true;
11242     }
11243 
11244     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
11245       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
11246       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
11247     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
11248 
11249     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
11250     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
11251         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
11252           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
11253           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
11254                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
11255     }
11256 
11257     return true;
11258   }
11259   return false;
11260 }
11261 
11262 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
11263 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
11264 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
11265 ///   namespace N {
11266 ///     struct X;
11267 ///     namespace M {
11268 ///       struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
11269 ///     }
11270 ///   }
11271 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
11272                                          SourceLocation NameLoc) {
11273   // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
11274   // if we get the same namespace back.  If we do not, continue until
11275   // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
11276   SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
11277   DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11278   for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
11279     // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
11280     // other namespaces.  Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
11281     NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
11282     if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
11283       return FixItHint();
11284     IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
11285     Namespaces.push_back(II);
11286     NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
11287         S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
11288     if (Lookup == Namespace)
11289       break;
11290   }
11291 
11292   // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
11293   // build an NNS.
11294   SmallString<64> Insertion;
11295   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
11296   if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
11297     OS << "::";
11298   std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
11299   for (auto *II : Namespaces)
11300     OS << II->getName() << "::";
11301   OS.flush();
11302   return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
11303 }
11304 
11305 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
11306 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
11307 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
11308 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
11309 ///
11310 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or
11311 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
11312 ///
11313 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to true if the caller should skip
11314 /// the definition of this tag, and treat it as if it were a declaration.
11315 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
11316                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
11317                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
11318                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
11319                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
11320                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
11321                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
11322                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
11323                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
11324                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
11325                      bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool *SkipBody) {
11326   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
11327   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
11328   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
11329          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
11330   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
11331 
11332   OwnedDecl = false;
11333   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
11334   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
11335 
11336   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
11337   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
11338   bool Invalid = false;
11339 
11340   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
11341   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
11342   // for non-C++ cases.
11343   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
11344       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
11345     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
11346             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
11347                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
11348                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
11349       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11350         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
11351         return nullptr;
11352       }
11353 
11354       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
11355         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
11356         // be a member of another template).
11357 
11358         if (Invalid)
11359           return nullptr;
11360 
11361         OwnedDecl = false;
11362         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
11363                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
11364                                                TemplateParams, AS,
11365                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
11366                                                /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(),
11367                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
11368                                                TemplateParameterLists.data(),
11369                                                SkipBody);
11370         return Result.get();
11371       } else {
11372         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
11373         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
11374           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
11375         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
11376       }
11377     }
11378   }
11379 
11380   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
11381   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
11382   // redeclaration.
11383   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
11384 
11385   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11386     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
11387       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
11388       // type, default to int.
11389       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11390     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
11391       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
11392       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
11393       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
11394       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
11395       EnumUnderlying = TI;
11396 
11397       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
11398         // Recover by falling back to int.
11399         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11400 
11401       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
11402                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
11403         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11404 
11405     } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11406       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
11407       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11408   }
11409 
11410   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
11411   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
11412   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
11413 
11414   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
11415   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
11416     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
11417 
11418   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
11419   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11420     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
11421 
11422     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
11423     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
11424       Name = nullptr;
11425       goto CreateNewDecl;
11426     }
11427 
11428     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
11429     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
11430     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11431       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
11432       if (!DC) {
11433         IsDependent = true;
11434         return nullptr;
11435       }
11436     } else {
11437       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
11438       if (!DC) {
11439         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
11440           << SS.getRange();
11441         return nullptr;
11442       }
11443     }
11444 
11445     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
11446       return nullptr;
11447 
11448     SearchDC = DC;
11449     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
11450     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
11451 
11452     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11453       return nullptr;
11454 
11455     if (Previous.empty()) {
11456       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
11457       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
11458       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
11459       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
11460       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
11461       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
11462       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
11463           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11464         IsDependent = true;
11465         return nullptr;
11466       }
11467 
11468       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
11469       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
11470         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
11471       Name = nullptr;
11472       Invalid = true;
11473       goto CreateNewDecl;
11474     }
11475   } else if (Name) {
11476     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
11477     // declaration or definition.
11478     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
11479     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
11480     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
11481     LookupName(Previous, S);
11482 
11483     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
11484     // by types using'ed into this scope.
11485     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
11486         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
11487       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11488       while (F.hasNext()) {
11489         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11490         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
11491           F.erase();
11492       }
11493       F.done();
11494     }
11495 
11496     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
11497     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
11498     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
11499     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
11500     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
11501     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
11502     //
11503     // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
11504     // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
11505     // scope.  They do implement this rule for friend functions.
11506     //
11507     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
11508     // semantic context?
11509     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11510       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11511       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11512       bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
11513       while (F.hasNext()) {
11514         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11515         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11516         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
11517             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
11518           if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11519             FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
11520           else
11521             F.erase();
11522         }
11523       }
11524       F.done();
11525 
11526       // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
11527       // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
11528       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
11529         NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11530         Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
11531             << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
11532       }
11533     }
11534 
11535     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
11536     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11537       return nullptr;
11538 
11539     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
11540       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
11541       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
11542       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
11543       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
11544       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
11545         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11546     }
11547   }
11548 
11549   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
11550       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
11551     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11552     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
11553     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11554     Previous.clear();
11555   }
11556 
11557   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
11558       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
11559     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
11560     isStdBadAlloc = true;
11561 
11562     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
11563       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
11564       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
11565       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
11566       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
11567     }
11568   }
11569 
11570   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
11571   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
11572   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
11573   // there's a shadow friend decl.
11574   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
11575       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11576     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
11577     assert(SS.isEmpty());
11578 
11579     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11580       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
11581       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
11582       //
11583       //          class-key identifier
11584       //
11585       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
11586       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
11587       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
11588       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
11589       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
11590       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
11591       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
11592       //      declaration.
11593       //
11594       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
11595       // C structs and unions.
11596       //
11597       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
11598       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
11599       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
11600       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
11601       //
11602       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
11603       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
11604       //
11605       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
11606       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
11607       // lexical context,
11608       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11609         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11610 
11611       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
11612       while (S->isClassScope() ||
11613              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11614               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
11615              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
11616              (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
11617         S = S->getParent();
11618     } else {
11619       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
11620       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
11621       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
11622       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
11623       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
11624       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11625     }
11626 
11627     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
11628     // diagnose some problems.
11629     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11630       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
11631       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
11632     }
11633   }
11634 
11635   if (!Previous.empty()) {
11636     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11637     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl =
11638         getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl;
11639 
11640     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
11641     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
11642     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
11643     // in C++.
11644     //
11645     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
11646     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
11647     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
11648     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
11649     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11650       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11651         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
11652           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
11653           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
11654               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
11655                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
11656             PrevDecl = Tag;
11657             Previous.clear();
11658             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
11659             Previous.resolveKind();
11660           }
11661         }
11662       }
11663     }
11664 
11665     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11666       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
11667       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
11668       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
11669       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
11670           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11671                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11672         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
11673         // struct or something similar.
11674         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
11675                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
11676                                           *Name)) {
11677           bool SafeToContinue
11678             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
11679                Kind != TTK_Enum);
11680           if (SafeToContinue)
11681             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
11682               << Name
11683               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
11684                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
11685           else
11686             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
11687           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
11688 
11689           if (SafeToContinue)
11690             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
11691           else {
11692             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
11693             Name = nullptr;
11694             Previous.clear();
11695             Invalid = true;
11696           }
11697         }
11698 
11699         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
11700           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
11701 
11702           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
11703           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
11704           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11705             if (ScopedEnum)
11706               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
11707                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
11708                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
11709             return PrevTagDecl;
11710           }
11711 
11712           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
11713           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11714             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
11715           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
11716             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
11717 
11718           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
11719           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
11720           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
11721           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
11722                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
11723             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
11724         }
11725 
11726         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
11727         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
11728         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
11729         //   and then later defined.
11730         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
11731             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
11732           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
11733           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11734         }
11735 
11736         if (!Invalid) {
11737           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
11738           // we have attributes.
11739 
11740           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
11741           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
11742           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
11743           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
11744           if (!Attr &&
11745               ((TUK == TUK_Reference &&
11746                 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt))
11747                || TUK == TUK_Friend))
11748             return PrevTagDecl;
11749 
11750           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
11751           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11752             if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
11753               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
11754               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
11755               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
11756               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
11757               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
11758                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
11759                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11760                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11761                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
11762                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
11763                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11764                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11765                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
11766               }
11767 
11768               NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
11769               if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11770                   !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) {
11771                 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We
11772                 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and
11773                 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one
11774                 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and
11775                 // use it in place of this one.
11776                 *SkipBody = true;
11777                 if (auto *Listener = getASTMutationListener())
11778                   Listener->RedefinedHiddenDefinition(Hidden, KWLoc);
11779                 Hidden->setHidden(false);
11780                 return Def;
11781               } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
11782                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
11783                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
11784                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
11785                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
11786                 else
11787                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
11788                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11789                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
11790                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
11791                 // references get the previous definition.
11792                 Name = nullptr;
11793                 Previous.clear();
11794                 Invalid = true;
11795               }
11796             } else {
11797               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
11798               // about a nested redefinition.
11799               auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl();
11800               if (TD->isBeingDefined()) {
11801                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
11802                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
11803                      diag::note_previous_definition);
11804                 Name = nullptr;
11805                 Previous.clear();
11806                 Invalid = true;
11807               }
11808             }
11809 
11810             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
11811             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
11812           }
11813 
11814           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
11815           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
11816           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
11817           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11818             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
11819             AS = AS_none;
11820           }
11821         }
11822         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
11823         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
11824 
11825       } else {
11826         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
11827         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
11828         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
11829         // have distinct types.
11830         Previous.clear();
11831       }
11832       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
11833       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
11834       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
11835 
11836 
11837     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
11838     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
11839     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
11840     } else {
11841       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
11842       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
11843       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
11844       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
11845           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
11846         unsigned Kind = 0;
11847         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11848         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
11849         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
11850         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
11851         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
11852         Invalid = true;
11853 
11854       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
11855       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11856                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11857         // do nothing
11858 
11859       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
11860       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11861         unsigned Kind = 0;
11862         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11863         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
11864         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
11865         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
11866         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
11867         Invalid = true;
11868 
11869       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
11870       // case here.
11871       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11872         unsigned Kind = 0;
11873         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11874         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
11875           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
11876         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
11877         Invalid = true;
11878 
11879       // Otherwise, diagnose.
11880       } else {
11881         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
11882         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
11883         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
11884         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11885         Name = nullptr;
11886         Invalid = true;
11887       }
11888 
11889       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
11890       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
11891       Previous.clear();
11892     }
11893   }
11894 
11895 CreateNewDecl:
11896 
11897   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
11898   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
11899     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
11900 
11901   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
11902   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
11903   // keyword.
11904   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
11905 
11906   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
11907   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
11908   // PrevDecl.
11909   TagDecl *New;
11910 
11911   bool IsForwardReference = false;
11912   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11913     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11914     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
11915     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11916                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
11917                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
11918     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
11919     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
11920       TagDecl *Def;
11921       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
11922           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
11923         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
11924         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
11925       }
11926       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
11927         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
11928           << New;
11929         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11930       } else {
11931         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
11932         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11933           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
11934         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11935           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
11936         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
11937 
11938         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
11939         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
11940         // the declaration context.
11941         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
11942           IsForwardReference = true;
11943       }
11944     }
11945 
11946     if (EnumUnderlying) {
11947       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
11948       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11949         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
11950       else
11951         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
11952       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
11953     }
11954 
11955   } else {
11956     // struct/union/class
11957 
11958     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11959     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
11960     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11961       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
11962       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11963                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11964 
11965       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
11966         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
11967     } else
11968       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11969                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11970   }
11971 
11972   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
11973   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
11974   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11975     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
11976       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11977     Invalid = true;
11978   }
11979 
11980   // Maybe add qualifier info.
11981   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11982     if (SS.isSet()) {
11983       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
11984       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
11985       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
11986       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
11987       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
11988       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
11989           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
11990           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc))
11991         Invalid = true;
11992 
11993       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
11994       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
11995         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
11996                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
11997                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
11998       }
11999     }
12000     else
12001       Invalid = true;
12002   }
12003 
12004   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
12005     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
12006     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
12007     //
12008     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
12009     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
12010     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
12011     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
12012     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
12013     // parsing of the struct).
12014     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
12015       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
12016       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
12017     }
12018   }
12019 
12020   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
12021     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
12022       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
12023         << 2
12024         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
12025     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
12026     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
12027     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
12028     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
12029       New->setModulePrivate();
12030   }
12031 
12032   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
12033   // check the specialization.
12034   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
12035     Invalid = true;
12036 
12037   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
12038   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
12039   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
12040   if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
12041       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
12042     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12043       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
12044       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
12045       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
12046         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
12047             << Name;
12048         Invalid = true;
12049       }
12050     } else {
12051       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
12052     }
12053     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
12054   }
12055 
12056   if (Invalid)
12057     New->setInvalidDecl();
12058 
12059   if (Attr)
12060     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
12061 
12062   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
12063   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
12064   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
12065 
12066   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
12067   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
12068   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
12069   // the tag name visible.
12070   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
12071     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
12072 
12073   // Set the access specifier.
12074   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
12075     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
12076 
12077   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
12078     New->startDefinition();
12079 
12080   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
12081   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
12082     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
12083     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
12084     if (PrevDecl)
12085       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
12086 
12087     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
12088     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
12089     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
12090       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
12091         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
12092   } else if (Name) {
12093     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
12094     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
12095     if (IsForwardReference)
12096       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
12097 
12098   } else {
12099     CurContext->addDecl(New);
12100   }
12101 
12102   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
12103   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
12104     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
12105         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
12106         II->isStr("FILE"))
12107       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
12108 
12109   if (PrevDecl)
12110     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
12111 
12112   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
12113   // record.
12114   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
12115 
12116   OwnedDecl = true;
12117   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
12118   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
12119   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New;
12120 }
12121 
12122 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
12123   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12124   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12125 
12126   // Enter the tag context.
12127   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
12128 
12129   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
12130 
12131   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
12132   // record.
12133   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
12134 }
12135 
12136 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
12137   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
12138          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
12139   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
12140   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
12141       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
12142   CurContext = OCD;
12143   return IDecl;
12144 }
12145 
12146 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
12147                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
12148                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
12149                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
12150   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12151   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
12152 
12153   FieldCollector->StartClass();
12154 
12155   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
12156     return;
12157 
12158   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
12159     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
12160                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
12161 
12162   // C++ [class]p2:
12163   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
12164   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
12165   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
12166   //   as if it were a public member name.
12167   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
12168     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
12169                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
12170                             Record->getIdentifier(),
12171                             /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
12172                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
12173   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
12174   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
12175   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
12176   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
12177       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
12178   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
12179   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
12180          "Broken injected-class-name");
12181 }
12182 
12183 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
12184                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
12185   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12186   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12187   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
12188 
12189   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
12190   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
12191     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
12192     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
12193       RD->completeDefinition();
12194   }
12195 
12196   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
12197     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
12198 
12199   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
12200   PopDeclContext();
12201 
12202   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
12203       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
12204     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
12205 
12206   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
12207   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
12208     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
12209 }
12210 
12211 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
12212   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
12213   PopDeclContext();
12214 }
12215 
12216 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
12217   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
12218   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
12219   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
12220 }
12221 
12222 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
12223   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
12224   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
12225 }
12226 
12227 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
12228   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12229   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12230   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
12231 
12232   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
12233   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
12234     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
12235       RD->completeDefinition();
12236   }
12237 
12238   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
12239   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
12240   // the FieldCollector.
12241 
12242   PopDeclContext();
12243 }
12244 
12245 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
12246 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
12247                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
12248                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
12249                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
12250   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
12251   if (ZeroWidth)
12252     *ZeroWidth = true;
12253 
12254   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
12255   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
12256   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
12257     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
12258     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
12259       return ExprError();
12260     if (FieldName)
12261       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
12262         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
12263     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
12264       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
12265   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
12266                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
12267     return ExprError();
12268 
12269   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
12270   // it now.
12271   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
12272     return BitWidth;
12273 
12274   llvm::APSInt Value;
12275   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
12276   if (ICE.isInvalid())
12277     return ICE;
12278   BitWidth = ICE.get();
12279 
12280   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
12281     *ZeroWidth = false;
12282 
12283   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
12284   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
12285     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
12286 
12287   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
12288     if (FieldName)
12289       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
12290                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
12291     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
12292       << Value.toString(10);
12293   }
12294 
12295   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
12296     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
12297     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
12298       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct ||
12299           Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
12300         if (FieldName)
12301           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12302             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
12303             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12304 
12305         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12306           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12307       }
12308 
12309       if (FieldName)
12310         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12311           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
12312           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12313       else
12314         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12315           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12316     }
12317   }
12318 
12319   return BitWidth;
12320 }
12321 
12322 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
12323 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
12324 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
12325                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
12326   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
12327                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
12328                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
12329   return Res;
12330 }
12331 
12332 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
12333 ///
12334 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
12335                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
12336                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
12337                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
12338                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
12339   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12340   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
12341   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
12342 
12343   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12344   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
12345   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12346     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
12347 
12348     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
12349                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
12350       D.setInvalidType();
12351       T = Context.IntTy;
12352       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
12353     }
12354   }
12355 
12356   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
12357   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
12358     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
12359     D.setInvalidType();
12360   }
12361 
12362   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
12363   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
12364   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
12365     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
12366     D.setInvalidType();
12367   }
12368 
12369   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
12370 
12371   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
12372     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
12373          diag::err_invalid_thread)
12374       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
12375 
12376   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
12377   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
12378   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
12379   LookupName(Previous, S);
12380   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
12381     case LookupResult::Found:
12382     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
12383       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
12384       break;
12385 
12386     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
12387       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
12388       break;
12389 
12390     case LookupResult::NotFound:
12391     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
12392     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
12393       break;
12394   }
12395   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
12396 
12397   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
12398     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12399     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
12400     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12401     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12402   }
12403 
12404   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
12405     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12406 
12407   bool Mutable
12408     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
12409   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
12410   FieldDecl *NewFD
12411     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
12412                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
12413 
12414   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
12415     Record->setInvalidDecl();
12416 
12417   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
12418     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
12419 
12420   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
12421     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
12422     // with the same name in the same scope.
12423   } else if (II) {
12424     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
12425   } else
12426     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
12427 
12428   return NewFD;
12429 }
12430 
12431 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
12432 ///
12433 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
12434 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
12435 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
12436 /// created.
12437 ///
12438 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
12439 ///
12440 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
12441 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
12442                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
12443                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
12444                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
12445                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
12446                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
12447                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
12448                                 Declarator *D) {
12449   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
12450   bool InvalidDecl = false;
12451   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
12452 
12453   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
12454   // marking this declaration as invalid.
12455   if (T.isNull()) {
12456     InvalidDecl = true;
12457     T = Context.IntTy;
12458   }
12459 
12460   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
12461   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12462     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12463       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
12464       Record->setInvalidDecl();
12465       InvalidDecl = true;
12466     } else {
12467       NamedDecl *Def;
12468       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
12469       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
12470         Record->setInvalidDecl();
12471         InvalidDecl = true;
12472       }
12473     }
12474   }
12475 
12476   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
12477   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
12478     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
12479     InvalidDecl = true;
12480   }
12481 
12482   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12483   // than a variably modified type.
12484   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12485     bool SizeIsNegative;
12486     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
12487 
12488     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
12489       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
12490                                                     SizeIsNegative,
12491                                                     Oversized);
12492     if (FixedTInfo) {
12493       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
12494       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
12495       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
12496     } else {
12497       if (SizeIsNegative)
12498         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
12499       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
12500         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
12501           << Oversized.toString(10);
12502       else
12503         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
12504       InvalidDecl = true;
12505     }
12506   }
12507 
12508   // Fields can not have abstract class types
12509   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
12510                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12511                                              AbstractFieldType))
12512     InvalidDecl = true;
12513 
12514   bool ZeroWidth = false;
12515   if (InvalidDecl)
12516     BitWidth = nullptr;
12517   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
12518   if (BitWidth) {
12519     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
12520                               &ZeroWidth).get();
12521     if (!BitWidth) {
12522       InvalidDecl = true;
12523       BitWidth = nullptr;
12524       ZeroWidth = false;
12525     }
12526   }
12527 
12528   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
12529   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
12530     unsigned DiagID = 0;
12531     if (T->isReferenceType())
12532       DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference
12533                                         : diag::err_mutable_reference;
12534     else if (T.isConstQualified())
12535       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
12536 
12537     if (DiagID) {
12538       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
12539       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
12540         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
12541       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
12542       if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) {
12543         Mutable = false;
12544         InvalidDecl = true;
12545       }
12546     }
12547   }
12548 
12549   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
12550   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
12551   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
12552   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
12553     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
12554 
12555   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
12556                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
12557   if (InvalidDecl)
12558     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12559 
12560   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12561     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12562     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12563     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12564   }
12565 
12566   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12567     if (Record->isUnion()) {
12568       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12569         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12570         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12571           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
12572           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
12573           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
12574           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
12575           // objects.
12576           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
12577             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12578         }
12579       }
12580 
12581       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
12582       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
12583       // enabled.
12584       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
12585         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
12586                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
12587                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
12588           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
12589         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
12590           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12591       }
12592     }
12593   }
12594 
12595   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
12596   // representation, not a parser representation.
12597   if (D) {
12598     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
12599     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
12600 
12601     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
12602       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
12603   }
12604 
12605   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
12606   // retainable type.
12607   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
12608     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12609 
12610   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
12611     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
12612 
12613   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
12614   return NewFD;
12615 }
12616 
12617 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
12618   assert(FD);
12619   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
12620 
12621   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
12622     return false;
12623 
12624   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12625   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12626     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12627     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12628       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
12629       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
12630       // copy constructors.
12631 
12632       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
12633       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
12634       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
12635       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
12636       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
12637       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
12638       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
12639         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
12640       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
12641         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
12642       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
12643         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
12644       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
12645         member = CXXDestructor;
12646 
12647       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
12648         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
12649             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
12650           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
12651           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
12652           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
12653           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
12654           // members unavailable.
12655           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
12656           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
12657             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
12658               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12659                                   "this system field has retaining ownership",
12660                                   Loc));
12661             return false;
12662           }
12663         }
12664 
12665         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
12666                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
12667                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
12668           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
12669         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
12670         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
12671       }
12672     }
12673   }
12674 
12675   return false;
12676 }
12677 
12678 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
12679 ///  AST enum value.
12680 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
12681 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
12682   switch (ivarVisibility) {
12683   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
12684   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
12685   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
12686   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
12687   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
12688   }
12689 }
12690 
12691 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
12692 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
12693 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
12694                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
12695                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
12696                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
12697 
12698   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12699   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
12700   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
12701   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
12702 
12703   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
12704   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
12705 
12706   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12707   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
12708 
12709   if (BitWidth) {
12710     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
12711     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
12712     if (!BitWidth)
12713       D.setInvalidType();
12714   } else {
12715     // Not a bitfield.
12716 
12717     // validate II.
12718 
12719   }
12720   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
12721     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
12722     D.setInvalidType();
12723   }
12724   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12725   // than a variably modified type.
12726   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12727     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
12728     D.setInvalidType();
12729   }
12730 
12731   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
12732   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
12733     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
12734                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
12735   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
12736   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
12737   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
12738     return nullptr;
12739   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
12740   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12741       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12742     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
12743     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
12744       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
12745       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
12746     }
12747     else
12748       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12749   } else {
12750     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12751         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12752       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
12753         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
12754         return nullptr;
12755       }
12756     }
12757     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12758   }
12759 
12760   // Construct the decl.
12761   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
12762                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
12763                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
12764 
12765   if (II) {
12766     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
12767                                            ForRedeclaration);
12768     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
12769         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12770       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12771       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12772       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12773     }
12774   }
12775 
12776   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
12777   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
12778 
12779   if (D.isInvalidType())
12780     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12781 
12782   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
12783   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
12784     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12785 
12786   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
12787     NewID->setModulePrivate();
12788 
12789   if (II) {
12790     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
12791     // these to the interface.
12792     S->AddDecl(NewID);
12793     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
12794   }
12795 
12796   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
12797       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
12798     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
12799 
12800   return NewID;
12801 }
12802 
12803 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
12804 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
12805 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
12806 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
12807 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
12808                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
12809   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
12810     return;
12811 
12812   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
12813   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
12814 
12815   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
12816     return;
12817   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
12818   if (!ID) {
12819     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
12820       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
12821         return;
12822     }
12823     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
12824     else
12825       return;
12826   }
12827   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
12828   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
12829   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
12830 
12831   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
12832                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
12833                               Context.CharTy,
12834                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
12835                                                                DeclLoc),
12836                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
12837                               true);
12838   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
12839 }
12840 
12841 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
12842                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
12843                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
12844   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
12845 
12846   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
12847   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
12848   // it will now change.
12849   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12850     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
12851     switch (DC->getKind()) {
12852     default: break;
12853     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
12854       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
12855       break;
12856     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
12857       Context.
12858         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
12859       break;
12860     }
12861   }
12862 
12863   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
12864 
12865   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
12866   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
12867   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
12868   if (Record) {
12869     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
12870       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
12871         if (IFD->getDeclName())
12872           ++NumNamedMembers;
12873     }
12874   }
12875 
12876   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
12877   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
12878 
12879   bool ARCErrReported = false;
12880   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
12881        i != end; ++i) {
12882     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
12883 
12884     // Get the type for the field.
12885     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
12886 
12887     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
12888       // Remember all fields written by the user.
12889       RecFields.push_back(FD);
12890     }
12891 
12892     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
12893     // diagnostics about it.
12894     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
12895       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12896       continue;
12897     }
12898 
12899     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
12900     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
12901     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
12902     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
12903     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
12904     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
12905     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
12906     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
12907     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
12908     //   array.
12909     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
12910       // Field declared as a function.
12911       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
12912         << FD->getDeclName();
12913       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12914       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12915       continue;
12916     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
12917                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
12918                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
12919                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
12920                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
12921       // Flexible array member.
12922       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
12923       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
12924       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
12925       unsigned DiagID = 0;
12926       if (Record->isUnion())
12927         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
12928                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
12929                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12930                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
12931                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
12932       else if (Fields.size() == 1)
12933         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
12934                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
12935                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12936                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
12937                            : NumNamedMembers < 1
12938                                  ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate
12939                                  : 0;
12940 
12941       if (DiagID)
12942         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
12943                                         << Record->getTagKind();
12944       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
12945       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
12946       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
12947       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
12948       // of the type.
12949       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
12950         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
12951           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
12952             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12953       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
12954         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
12955           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12956 
12957       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
12958       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
12959       //
12960       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
12961       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
12962       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12963       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
12964         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
12965           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12966         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12967         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12968         continue;
12969       }
12970       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
12971       Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12972     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
12973                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12974                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12975       // Incomplete type
12976       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12977       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12978       continue;
12979     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12980       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
12981         // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a
12982         // flexible array member.
12983         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12984         if (!Record->isUnion()) {
12985           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
12986           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
12987           // structures.
12988           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
12989             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
12990               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12991           else {
12992             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
12993             // other structs as an extension.
12994             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
12995               << FD->getDeclName();
12996           }
12997         }
12998       }
12999       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
13000           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
13001                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
13002                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
13003         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
13004         FD->setInvalidDecl();
13005       }
13006       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
13007         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13008       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
13009         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
13010     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
13011       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
13012       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
13013         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
13014       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
13015       FD->setType(T);
13016     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
13017                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
13018       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
13019       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
13020       // so we just make the field unavailable.
13021       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
13022       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
13023       QualType T = FD->getType();
13024       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
13025       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
13026         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
13027         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
13028           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
13029             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
13030                               "this system field has retaining ownership",
13031                               loc));
13032           }
13033         } else {
13034           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
13035             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
13036         }
13037         ARCErrReported = true;
13038       }
13039     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
13040                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
13041                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
13042       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
13043           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
13044         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13045       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
13046         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
13047         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
13048             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
13049           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13050         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
13051                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
13052                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13053       }
13054     }
13055     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
13056       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
13057     // Keep track of the number of named members.
13058     if (FD->getIdentifier())
13059       ++NumNamedMembers;
13060   }
13061 
13062   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
13063   if (Record) {
13064     bool Completed = false;
13065     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
13066       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
13067         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
13068         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
13069                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
13070                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
13071           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
13072 
13073         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
13074           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
13075             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
13076             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
13077               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
13078                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
13079           }
13080 
13081           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
13082           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
13083 
13084           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
13085           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
13086           // problem now.
13087           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
13088             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
13089             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
13090 
13091             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
13092                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
13093                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
13094               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
13095                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
13096                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
13097                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
13098                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
13099                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
13100                   continue;
13101 
13102                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
13103                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
13104                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
13105                 //   program is ill-formed.
13106                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
13107                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
13108                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
13109                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
13110                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
13111                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
13112                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
13113                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
13114                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
13115                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
13116 
13117                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
13118               }
13119             }
13120             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
13121             Completed = true;
13122           }
13123         }
13124       }
13125     }
13126 
13127     if (!Completed)
13128       Record->completeDefinition();
13129 
13130     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
13131       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
13132 
13133       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
13134         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
13135                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
13136                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
13137     }
13138 
13139     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
13140     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
13141     // compatibility problems.
13142     bool CheckForZeroSize;
13143     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13144       CheckForZeroSize = true;
13145     } else {
13146       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
13147       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
13148       CheckForZeroSize =
13149           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
13150           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
13151           CXXRecord->isCLike();
13152     }
13153     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
13154       bool ZeroSize = true;
13155       bool IsEmpty = true;
13156       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
13157       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
13158                                       E = Record->field_end();
13159            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
13160         IsEmpty = false;
13161         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
13162           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
13163             ZeroSize = false;
13164         } else {
13165           ++NonBitFields;
13166           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
13167           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
13168               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
13169             ZeroSize = false;
13170         }
13171       }
13172 
13173       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
13174       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
13175       // extern "C" block.
13176       if (ZeroSize) {
13177         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
13178                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
13179                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
13180           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
13181       }
13182 
13183       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
13184       // but are accepted by GCC.
13185       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13186         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
13187                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
13188           << Record->isUnion();
13189       }
13190     }
13191   } else {
13192     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
13193       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
13194     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13195       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
13196       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
13197       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13198         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
13199         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
13200       }
13201       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
13202       // duplicates.
13203       if (ID->getSuperClass())
13204         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
13205     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
13206                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13207       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
13208       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
13209         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
13210         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
13211         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
13212       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
13213       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
13214       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
13215     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
13216                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13217       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
13218       // reported as errors elsewhere.
13219       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
13220       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
13221       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
13222       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
13223       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
13224       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13225         if (IDecl) {
13226           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
13227               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
13228             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
13229                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
13230             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13231             continue;
13232           }
13233           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
13234             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
13235                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
13236               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
13237                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
13238               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13239               continue;
13240             }
13241           }
13242         }
13243         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
13244         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
13245       }
13246       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
13247       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
13248     }
13249   }
13250 
13251   if (Attr)
13252     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
13253 }
13254 
13255 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
13256 /// the given type T.
13257 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
13258                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
13259                                         QualType T) {
13260   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
13261   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
13262 
13263   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
13264     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
13265       --BitWidth;
13266     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
13267   }
13268   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
13269 }
13270 
13271 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
13272 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
13273 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
13274   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
13275   // enum checking below.
13276   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
13277   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
13278   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
13279     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
13280   };
13281   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
13282     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
13283     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
13284   };
13285 
13286   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
13287   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
13288                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
13289   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
13290     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
13291       return Types[I];
13292 
13293   return QualType();
13294 }
13295 
13296 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
13297                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
13298                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
13299                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
13300                                           Expr *Val) {
13301   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
13302   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
13303   QualType EltTy;
13304 
13305   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
13306     Val = nullptr;
13307 
13308   if (Val)
13309     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
13310 
13311   if (Val) {
13312     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
13313       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
13314     else {
13315       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
13316       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
13317           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
13318         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
13319         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
13320         // constant expression of the underlying type.
13321         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13322         ExprResult Converted =
13323           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
13324                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
13325         if (Converted.isInvalid())
13326           Val = nullptr;
13327         else
13328           Val = Converted.get();
13329       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
13330                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
13331                                                          &EnumVal).get())) {
13332         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
13333       } else {
13334         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13335           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13336 
13337           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
13338           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
13339           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
13340           // expression checking.
13341           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
13342             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
13343               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
13344               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13345             } else
13346               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
13347           } else
13348             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13349         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13350           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
13351           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13352           //   is the type of its initializing value:
13353           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
13354           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
13355           EltTy = Val->getType();
13356         } else {
13357           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
13358           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
13359           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
13360           //   representable as an int.
13361 
13362           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
13363           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
13364             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
13365               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
13366               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
13367           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
13368             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
13369             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13370           }
13371           EltTy = Val->getType();
13372         }
13373       }
13374     }
13375   }
13376 
13377   if (!Val) {
13378     if (Enum->isDependentType())
13379       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
13380     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
13381       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
13382       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13383       //   is the type of its initializing value:
13384       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
13385       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
13386       //
13387       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
13388       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
13389       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13390         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13391       }
13392       else {
13393         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
13394       }
13395     } else {
13396       // Assign the last value + 1.
13397       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13398       ++EnumVal;
13399       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
13400 
13401       // Check for overflow on increment.
13402       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
13403         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
13404         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13405         //   is the type of its initializing value:
13406         //
13407         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
13408         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
13409         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
13410         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
13411         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
13412         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
13413         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
13414         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
13415           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
13416           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
13417           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13418           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
13419           ++EnumVal;
13420           if (Enum->isFixed())
13421             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
13422             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
13423               << EnumVal.toString(10)
13424               << EltTy;
13425           else
13426             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
13427               << EnumVal.toString(10);
13428         } else {
13429           EltTy = T;
13430         }
13431 
13432         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
13433         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
13434         // value, then increment.
13435         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13436         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
13437         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
13438         ++EnumVal;
13439 
13440         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
13441         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
13442         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
13443         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
13444         // integral type.
13445         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
13446           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
13447       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13448                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
13449         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
13450         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
13451           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
13452       }
13453     }
13454   }
13455 
13456   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
13457     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
13458     // enumerator's type.
13459     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
13460     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
13461   }
13462 
13463   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
13464                                   Val, EnumVal);
13465 }
13466 
13467 
13468 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
13469                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
13470                               AttributeList *Attr,
13471                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
13472   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
13473   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
13474     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
13475 
13476   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
13477   // we find one that is.
13478   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
13479 
13480   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
13481   // scope.
13482   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
13483                                          ForRedeclaration);
13484   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
13485     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
13486     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
13487     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
13488     PrevDecl = nullptr;
13489   }
13490 
13491   if (PrevDecl) {
13492     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
13493     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
13494     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
13495            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
13496     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
13497       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
13498         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
13499       else
13500         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
13501       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13502       return nullptr;
13503     }
13504   }
13505 
13506   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
13507   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
13508   // different from T:
13509   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
13510   // enumerated type
13511   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
13512                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
13513                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
13514     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
13515         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
13516       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
13517 
13518   EnumConstantDecl *New =
13519     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
13520 
13521   if (New) {
13522     // Process attributes.
13523     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
13524 
13525     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
13526     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
13527     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
13528   }
13529 
13530   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
13531 
13532   return New;
13533 }
13534 
13535 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
13536 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
13537 // Element2 = Element1
13538 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
13539 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
13540 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
13541 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
13542   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
13543   if (!InitExpr)
13544     return true;
13545   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
13546 
13547   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
13548     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
13549       return true;
13550     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
13551     if (!IL)
13552       return true;
13553     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
13554       return true;
13555 
13556     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
13557   }
13558 
13559   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
13560   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
13561   if (!DRE)
13562     return true;
13563 
13564   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
13565   if (!EnumConstant)
13566     return true;
13567 
13568   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
13569       Enum)
13570     return true;
13571 
13572   return false;
13573 }
13574 
13575 struct DupKey {
13576   int64_t val;
13577   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
13578   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
13579     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
13580 };
13581 
13582 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
13583   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
13584                 false);
13585 }
13586 
13587 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
13588   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
13589   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
13590   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
13591     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
13592   }
13593   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
13594     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
13595            LHS.val == RHS.val;
13596   }
13597 };
13598 
13599 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
13600 // a previous element has already been set to.
13601 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
13602                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
13603                                         QualType EnumType) {
13604   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
13605     return;
13606   // Avoid anonymous enums
13607   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
13608     return;
13609 
13610   // Only check for small enums.
13611   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
13612     return;
13613 
13614   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
13615   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
13616 
13617   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
13618   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
13619           ValueToVectorMap;
13620 
13621   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
13622   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
13623 
13624   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
13625   // an initialier.
13626   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13627     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13628 
13629     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
13630     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
13631     if (!ECD) {
13632       return;
13633     }
13634 
13635     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
13636       continue;
13637 
13638     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
13639     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
13640 
13641     // First time encountering this value.
13642     if (Entry.isNull())
13643       Entry = ECD;
13644   }
13645 
13646   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
13647   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13648     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13649     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
13650       continue;
13651 
13652     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
13653 
13654     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
13655     if (Entry.isNull())
13656       continue;
13657 
13658     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
13659       // Ensure constants are different.
13660       if (D == ECD)
13661         continue;
13662 
13663       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
13664       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
13665       Vec->push_back(D);
13666       Vec->push_back(ECD);
13667 
13668       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
13669       Entry = Vec;
13670 
13671       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
13672       // diagnostics.
13673       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
13674       continue;
13675     }
13676 
13677     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
13678     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
13679     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
13680       continue;
13681 
13682     Vec->push_back(ECD);
13683   }
13684 
13685   // Emit diagnostics.
13686   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
13687                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
13688        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
13689     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
13690     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
13691 
13692     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
13693     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
13694     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
13695       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13696       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13697     ++I;
13698 
13699     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
13700     // the same value.
13701     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
13702       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
13703         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13704         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13705     delete Vec;
13706   }
13707 }
13708 
13709 bool
13710 Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
13711                         bool AllowMask) const {
13712   FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = ED->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>();
13713   assert(FEAttr && "looking for value in non-flag enum");
13714 
13715   llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FEAttr->getFlagBits();
13716   unsigned Width = FlagMask.getBitWidth();
13717 
13718   // We will try a zero-extended value for the regular check first.
13719   llvm::APInt ExtVal = Val.zextOrSelf(Width);
13720 
13721   // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's
13722   // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is
13723   // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we
13724   // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value.
13725   //
13726   // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is
13727   // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is
13728   // likely a logic error.
13729   if (!(FlagMask & ExtVal))
13730     return true;
13731 
13732   if (AllowMask) {
13733     // Try a one-extended value instead. This can happen if the enum is wider
13734     // than the constant used, in C with extensions to allow for wider enums.
13735     // The mask will still have the correct behaviour, so we give the user the
13736     // benefit of the doubt.
13737     //
13738     // FIXME: This heuristic can cause weird results if the enum was extended
13739     // to a larger type and is signed, because then bit-masks of smaller types
13740     // that get extended will fall out of range (e.g. ~0x1u). We currently don't
13741     // detect that case and will get a false positive for it. In most cases,
13742     // though, it can be fixed by making it a signed type (e.g. ~0x1), so it may
13743     // be fine just to accept this as a warning.
13744     ExtVal |= llvm::APInt::getHighBitsSet(Width, Width - Val.getBitWidth());
13745     if (!(FlagMask & ~ExtVal))
13746       return true;
13747   }
13748 
13749   return false;
13750 }
13751 
13752 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
13753                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
13754                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
13755                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
13756   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
13757   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
13758 
13759   if (Attr)
13760     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
13761 
13762   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
13763     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13764       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
13765         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13766       if (!ECD) continue;
13767 
13768       ECD->setType(EnumType);
13769     }
13770 
13771     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
13772     return;
13773   }
13774 
13775   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
13776   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
13777   // emit a warning.
13778   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
13779   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
13780   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
13781 
13782   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
13783   // reverse the list.
13784   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
13785   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
13786 
13787   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
13788   bool AllElementsInt = true;
13789 
13790   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13791     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
13792       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13793     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13794 
13795     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13796 
13797     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
13798     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
13799       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
13800                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
13801     else
13802       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
13803                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
13804 
13805     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
13806     if (AllElementsInt)
13807       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
13808   }
13809 
13810   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
13811   QualType BestType;
13812   unsigned BestWidth;
13813 
13814   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
13815   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
13816   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
13817   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
13818   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
13819   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
13820   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
13821   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
13822   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
13823   QualType BestPromotionType;
13824 
13825   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
13826   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
13827   // enum definitions.
13828   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
13829     Packed = true;
13830 
13831   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13832     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
13833     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
13834       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
13835     else
13836       BestPromotionType = BestType;
13837 
13838     BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType);
13839   }
13840   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
13841     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
13842     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
13843     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
13844     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
13845       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
13846       BestWidth = CharWidth;
13847     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
13848                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
13849       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
13850       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
13851     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
13852       BestType = Context.IntTy;
13853       BestWidth = IntWidth;
13854     } else {
13855       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
13856 
13857       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
13858         BestType = Context.LongTy;
13859       } else {
13860         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
13861 
13862         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
13863           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
13864         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
13865       }
13866     }
13867     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
13868   } else {
13869     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
13870     // all of the enumerator values.
13871     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
13872     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
13873       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
13874       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
13875       BestWidth = CharWidth;
13876     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
13877       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
13878       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
13879       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
13880     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
13881       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
13882       BestWidth = IntWidth;
13883       BestPromotionType
13884         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13885                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
13886     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
13887                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
13888       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
13889       BestPromotionType
13890         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13891                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
13892     } else {
13893       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
13894       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
13895              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
13896       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
13897       BestPromotionType
13898         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13899                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
13900     }
13901   }
13902 
13903   FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = Enum->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>();
13904   if (FEAttr)
13905     FEAttr->getFlagBits() = llvm::APInt(BestWidth, 0);
13906 
13907   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
13908   // the type of the enum if needed. If we have a flag type, we also prepare the
13909   // FlagBits cache.
13910   for (auto *D : Elements) {
13911     auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
13912     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13913 
13914     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
13915     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
13916     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
13917     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
13918     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
13919 
13920     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
13921     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13922 
13923     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
13924     // the enum decl type.
13925     QualType NewTy;
13926     unsigned NewWidth;
13927     bool NewSign;
13928     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13929         !Enum->isFixed() &&
13930         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
13931       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
13932       NewWidth = IntWidth;
13933       NewSign = true;
13934     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
13935       // Already the right type!
13936       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13937         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
13938         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
13939         // enumeration.
13940         ECD->setType(EnumType);
13941       goto flagbits;
13942     } else {
13943       NewTy = BestType;
13944       NewWidth = BestWidth;
13945       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
13946     }
13947 
13948     // Adjust the APSInt value.
13949     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
13950     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
13951     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
13952 
13953     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
13954     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
13955         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
13956       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
13957                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
13958                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
13959                                                 /*base paths*/ nullptr,
13960                                                 VK_RValue));
13961     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13962       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
13963       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
13964       // enumeration.
13965       ECD->setType(EnumType);
13966     else
13967       ECD->setType(NewTy);
13968 
13969 flagbits:
13970     // Check to see if we have a constant with exactly one bit set. Note that x
13971     // & (x - 1) will be nonzero if and only if x has more than one bit set.
13972     if (FEAttr) {
13973       llvm::APInt ExtVal = InitVal.zextOrSelf(BestWidth);
13974       if (ExtVal != 0 && !(ExtVal & (ExtVal - 1))) {
13975         FEAttr->getFlagBits() |= ExtVal;
13976       }
13977     }
13978   }
13979 
13980   if (FEAttr) {
13981     for (Decl *D : Elements) {
13982       EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
13983       if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13984 
13985       llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13986       if (InitVal != 0 && !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true))
13987         Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range)
13988           << ECD << Enum;
13989     }
13990   }
13991 
13992 
13993 
13994   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
13995                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
13996 
13997   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
13998 
13999   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
14000   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
14001     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
14002 }
14003 
14004 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
14005                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
14006                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
14007   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
14008 
14009   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
14010                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
14011                                                    EndLoc);
14012   CurContext->addDecl(New);
14013   return New;
14014 }
14015 
14016 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M,
14017                                      SourceLocation ImportLoc,
14018                                      DeclContext *DC) {
14019   if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
14020     switch (LSD->getLanguage()) {
14021     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c:
14022       if (!M->IsExternC) {
14023         S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c)
14024           << M->getFullModuleName();
14025         S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c);
14026         return;
14027       }
14028       break;
14029     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx:
14030       break;
14031     }
14032     DC = LSD->getParent();
14033   }
14034 
14035   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
14036     DC = DC->getParent();
14037   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
14038     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level)
14039       << M->getFullModuleName() << DC;
14040     S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(),
14041            diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level)
14042       << DC;
14043   }
14044 }
14045 
14046 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
14047                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
14048                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
14049   Module *Mod =
14050       getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible,
14051                                    /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
14052   if (!Mod)
14053     return true;
14054 
14055   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext);
14056 
14057   // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule
14058   // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than
14059   // silently ignoring the import.
14060   if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule)
14061     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import)
14062         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
14063   else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule)
14064     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation)
14065         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule;
14066 
14067   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
14068   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
14069   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
14070     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
14071     // We need the length to be consistent.
14072     if (!ModCheck)
14073       break;
14074     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
14075 
14076     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
14077   }
14078 
14079   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
14080                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
14081                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
14082                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
14083   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
14084   return Import;
14085 }
14086 
14087 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
14088   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
14089 
14090   // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here?
14091   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc);
14092 }
14093 
14094 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
14095                                                       Module *Mod) {
14096   // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here.
14097   if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery)
14098     return;
14099 
14100   // Create the implicit import declaration.
14101   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
14102   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
14103                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
14104   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
14105   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
14106 
14107   // Make the module visible.
14108   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc);
14109 }
14110 
14111 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
14112                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
14113                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
14114                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
14115                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
14116   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
14117                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
14118   AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context,
14119                                                     AliasName->getName(), 0);
14120 
14121   if (PrevDecl)
14122     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
14123   else
14124     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
14125       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
14126 }
14127 
14128 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
14129                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
14130                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
14131   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
14132 
14133   if (PrevDecl) {
14134     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
14135   } else {
14136     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
14137       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
14138         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
14139   }
14140 }
14141 
14142 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
14143                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
14144                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
14145                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
14146                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
14147   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
14148                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
14149   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
14150 
14151   if (PrevDecl) {
14152     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
14153       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
14154         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
14155   } else {
14156     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
14157       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
14158   }
14159 }
14160 
14161 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
14162   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
14163 }
14164 
14165 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
14166   const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
14167   if (!D)
14168     return AR_Available;
14169 
14170   // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult
14171   // both the availability of the method as well as the
14172   // enclosing class.  If the class is (say) deprecated,
14173   // the entire method is considered deprecated from the
14174   // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated.
14175   if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
14176     AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability();
14177     if (R != AR_Available)
14178       return R;
14179     D = MD->getClassInterface();
14180   }
14181   // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it
14182   // gets the same availability context as the @interface.
14183   else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID =
14184             dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) {
14185     D = ID->getClassInterface();
14186   }
14187   // Recover from user error.
14188   return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available;
14189 }
14190